111

1
 Dear Students,
I hope this message finds you in great spirits and filled with enthusiasm for the journey ahead. Today
holds a special significance not just because it's my birthday, but because it's an opportunity for us to come
together and embark on a shared journey towards success.

As your reasoning teacher, it's both an honor and a privilege to guide you through your preparation for the
banking exams. I understand the challenges you face, and I'm committed to providing you with the support and
resources you need to overcome them.

The PDF package I've prepared for you is more than just a compilation of study material; it's a roadmap to success.
From tackling the pre-exam hurdles to mastering the complexities of the mains, every page is designed to
empower you with the knowledge and skills necessary to excel.

But remember, success isn't just about mastering the content; it's about cultivating the right mindset. Approach
your studies with a sense of purpose, determination, and resilience. Embrace the challenges as opportunities for
growth, and never lose sight of your ultimate goal.

I encourage you to make the most of this opportunity. Dive into the material with curiosity and enthusiasm, and
don't hesitate to reach out if you need clarification or guidance along the way. Together, we'll navigate the
intricacies of reasoning and emerge stronger and more confident than ever before.

Thank you for entrusting me with your education and for allowing me to be a part of your journey. Let's seize this
moment and make it count.

Here's to a fruitful and rewarding learning experience ahead!

Warm regards,

[SHUBHAM SRIVASTAVA]
[Sr. Reasoning Faculty]

222
2
 Directions (1-15): In the following questions, a 6. Statements: R = T ≥ V; P ≤ W ≤ R = S ≤ Y
statement/s is/are given followed by some Conclusions: I. W ≤ T
conclusions. Study the following information II. Y = R
carefully and answer the questions accordingly. (a) If only conclusion I follows
1. Statements: X = Y ≥ E > F > G > H > I, F < Z ≤ T (b) If only conclusion II follows
Conclusions: I. X < G (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
II. Z > Y (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows (e) If both conclusions I and II follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows 7. Statements: P = N ≥ J > T, C = Z ≥ X > P < K > R
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows Conclusions: I. P > T
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows II. J < X
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows (a) If only conclusion I follows
2. Statements: P < F ≤ T < V = Q, S ≥ U > T (b) If only conclusion II follows
Conclusions: I. F < S (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
II. T > P (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows (e) If both conclusions I and II follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows 8. Statements: E > X < O = N ≥ F ≥ U < D = Q > V ≥ Y
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows Conclusions: I. U> X
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows II. E ≥ Q
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows (a) If only conclusion I follows
3. Statements: Y ≥ L < T = Q > U, K ≤ C < L (b) If only conclusion II follows
Conclusions: I. Q > L (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
II. K < Y (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows (e) If both conclusions I and II follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows
9. Statements: T ≥ I > V= Z > K ≤ H > C < G, M ≥ E ≥
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
H
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
Conclusions: I. M > K
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows
II. M = K
4. Statements: R > K ≤ T < M, M ≤ J = Q > S (a) If only conclusion I follows
Conclusions: I. R > M (b) If only conclusion II follows
II. S > T (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows (e) If both conclusions I and II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows
5. Statement: A ≥ T ≥ S = D ≥ Q
Conclusions: I. A > Q
II. Q = A
(a) If only conclusion I follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows

333
3
 10. Statements: H > P > S ≥ I= F > X, V ≥ T > W = D ≥ Directions (16-20): In these questions,
H relationship between different elements is
Conclusions: I. I ≤ H shown in the statements. These statements are
II. S < W followed by two conclusions.
(a) If only conclusion I follows Mark answer as
(b) If only conclusion II follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows.
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows (c) If either conclusion I or II follows.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
11. Statements: A > L ≥ C ≥ T, E = F > S, S = A
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow.
Conclusions: I. S > L
II.C > T 16. Statements: A>K>D>L, M≤C≤D, L>Q
(a) If only conclusion I follows Conclusions: I. C < K II. A > M
(b) If only conclusion II follows
17. Statements: T ≥ M ≥ E, E<O, A>E>S
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
Conclusions: I. T > O II. S < O
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows 18. Statements: G≥C>U, P=W≥U, W<N<T
12. Statements: Y > T ≥ C ≥ D, E = U > G, G = Y Conclusions: I. G > T II. U < N
Conclusions: I. U > Y 19. Statements: R>Q>J>D, M≤C≤J
II. T > U Conclusions: I. D > M II. M ≥ D
(a) If only conclusion I follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows 20. Statements: Z≥V>U, R=E<U, E>M<O
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows Conclusions: I. Z > E II. U < O
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows Directions (21-25): In each of the questions
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows below, some statements are given followed by
13. Statements: K ≤ L > M, Y = O ≥ R, K > Q > Y some Conclusions. You have to take the given
Conclusions: I. Y ≥ R statements to be true even, if they seem to be at
II. Y > R variance from commonly known facts. Read all
(a) If only conclusion I follows the conclusions and then decide which of the
(b) If only conclusion II follows
given conclusions logically follows from the given
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
statements disregarding commonly known facts.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows (a) If only conclusion I follows.
(b) If only conclusion II follows.
14. Statements: F ≤ L > T, N = O ≥ P, F > Q > S
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows.
Conclusions: I. L > T
II. F > S (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
(a) If only conclusion I follows (e) If both conclusions I and II follow.
(b) If only conclusion II follows 21. Statements: Only few apple are mango
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows Some mango are grapes
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows Only a few mango are Red
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows
Conclusion: I: Some Red are grapes
15. Statements: X > Y ≥ Z ≥ W, E = F > H, H = A II: All grapes can be mango
Conclusions: I. Y = W
II. Y > W 22. Statements: Only Race are track
(a) If only conclusion I follows Only a few race are bike
(b) If only conclusion II follows All bike are cars
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows Conclusion: I: Some cars are race
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows II: Some track are car is possibility
(e) If both conclusions I and II follows

444
4
 23. Statements: Some good are bad 29. Which among the following word is written as
All bad are blue ‘gb’ in the given code language?
No bad is green (a) work (b) help
Conclusions: I. All good can never be green (c) man (d) boy
II. Some blue are not green (e) None of these
24. Statements: Some black are white 30. Which among the following word is written as
No white is blue ‘fd pd’ in the given code language?
Some blue are yellow (a) play improve (b) man done
Conclusions: I. Some yellow are white (c) by work (d) improve by
II. All black can never be yellow (e) None of these
25. Statements: Only a few silver are gold 31. What is the possible code for ‘other time’ in
Some gold are iron the given code language?
No iron is diamond (a) wc fd (b) mb vf
Conclusions: I: All gold can be diamond (c) ty wc (d) rb mb
II: Some iron are silver (e) ty ub
Directions (26-27): Study the following 32. Which among the following word is written as
information carefully and answer the questions ‘fm’ in the given code language?
given below. (a) man (b) boy
Point A is 10m West of point C. Point C is 20m South (c) done (d) play
of point E. Point E is 30m West of point B. Point D is (e) Either (a) or (d)
40m South of point B. Point F is 5m South of point G. Directions (33-37): In each of the questions
Point H is 10m West of point G. Point F is 30m West below some statements are given followed by
of point D. two conclusions. You have to take the given
26. Point H is in which direction from point A? statements to be true even if they seem to be at
(a) West (b) South west variance with commonly known facts. Read all
(c) South (d) North east the conclusions and then decide which of the
(e) South east given conclusions logically follows from the
27. What is the shortest distance between Point C given statements disregarding commonly known
and Point G? facts.
(a) 10m (b) 20m (a) If only conclusion I follows.
(c) 15m (d) Can′ t be determine (b) If only conclusion II follows.
(e) None of these (c) If either conclusion I or II follows.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
Directions (28-32): Study the following
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow.
information and answer the following questions:
In a certain code language- 33. Statements: Some Cap are Hat. All Hat are Dog.
‘Man play for improve’ is written as ‘fm lb pd ub’, Conclusion I: All Cap can be Dog.
‘Boy for help other’ is written as ‘ub ty qb gb’, II: All Dog are Hat
‘Improve other by work’ is written as ‘fd pd nu ty’, 34. Statements: Some Paper are Pen. All Page are
‘Boy see work done’ is written as ‘qb nu vf mb’, Paper.
28. What is the code for ‘see’ in the given code Conclusion I: Some Pen are Page
language? II: Some Pen can be Page
(a) qb (b) vf 35. Statements: Only Ball is Nib. No Ball are Bat.
(c) nu (d) mb Conclusion I: No Nib is Bat
(e) Cannot determined II: Some Nib can be Bat

555
5
 36. Statements: Only Laptop are Mouse. No Mouse Directions (43-47): Following questions are based
are Desktop. on the five three-digit numbers given below.
947 376 694 739 863
Conclusion I: All Laptop can be Desktop
II: Some Laptop can be Desktop 43. If all the digits in each of the numbers are
arranged in increasing order within the number,
37. Statements: Only Headphone are Mobile. Some then, which of the following number will become
Bottle are Headphones. the lowest in the new arrangement of numbers?
Conclusion I: Some Mobile are Bottle (a) 947 (b) 863
II: All Bottle are Headphone (c) 739 (d) 694
Directions (38-42): Study the following (e) 376
information carefully and answer the questions 44. If all the numbers are arranged in ascending
given below: order from left to right then, which of the
853 670 246 586 324 195 following will be the sum of all the three digits of
the number which is 2nd from the right in the
38. If all the digits in the number are arranged in the new arrangement?
descending order within the number from right (a) 18 (b) 19
to left, then which among the following will be (c) 15 (d) 16
the second highest number after re (e) None of these
arrangement? 45. What will be the difference when third digit of
(a) 853 (b) 670 the 3rd lowest number is multiplied with the
(c) 324 (d) 195 second digit of the highest number and third
(e) 246 digit of the 2nd highest number is multiplied
with the second digit of the lowest number?
39. If all the digits in the number are arranged in the
(a) 21 (b) 20
ascending order within the number from right to (c) 15 (d) 16
left, then which among the following will be the (e) None of these
second lowest number after re arrangement?
46. If the positions of the second and the third digits
(a) 853 (b) 670 of each of the numbers are interchanged then,
(c) 324 (d) 195 how many even numbers will be formed?
(e) 246 (a) None (b) One
40. If 9 is subtracted from each number than how (c) Two (d) Three
many numbers thus formed are odd numbers? (e) Four
(a) one (b) two 47. If one is added to the second digit of each of the
(c) three (d) four numbers and one is subtracted from the third
(e) None of these digit of each number then, how many numbers
thus formed will be divisible by three in new
41. What is the product of the second digit of lowest arrangement?
number and first digit of the highest number? (a) None (b) One
(a) 86 (b) 40 (c) Two (d) Three
(c) 72 (d) 90 (e) Four
(e) None of these
42. If all the numbers are added, then what will be
the second digit from the left of the new number
formed?
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 8
(e) None of these

666
6
 48. If in the number 639429687, 1 is added to each Directions (54-56): Study the following
of the digit which is less than five and 1 is information carefully and answer the questions
subtracted from each of the digit which is greater given below:
than five then how many digits are repeating in Point A is 8m north of point B. Point E is 5m south of
the number thus formed? point F. Point E is 10m east of point D which is 12m
(a) Two (b) One south of point C. Point G is 14m north of point H.
(c) None (d) Three Point C is 20m west of point B. Point G is 24m east of
(e) Four point F.
49. The position of how many alphabets will remain
54. What is direction of point C with respect to
unchanged if each of the alphabets in the word
point H?
‘TRANSPORT’ is arranged in alphabetical order
(a) North (b) North-east
from left to right?
(a) Four (b) Three (c) North-west (d) South-east
(c) None (d) One (e) None of these
(e) Two 55. What is the shortest distance between point
50. Which of the following elements should come in B and point F?
a place ‘?’ ? (a) 18m (b) √149m
DF8 HJ12 LN16 ? (c) 17m (d) √13m
(a) PR19 (b) PR18 (e) None of these
(c) PR21 (d) PR22
56. If point O is midpoint of point F and G, then
(e) None of these
what is the direction of point O with respect
51. Which of the following symbols should replace to point B?
the sign (@) and (%) respectively in the given
(a) South-west (b) South
expression in order to make the expression B ≥ C
(c) North-east (d) South-east
and H > K definitely true?
(e) None of these
B≥D≥F=E=K@C≤A%H
(a) ≤, = (b) ≤, ≤ 57. Neha starts walking in east direction from
(c) >, ≤ (d) =, < point A and walks 8m to reach point B. From
(e) ≥, < point B she walks 17m in south-west
52. Which of the following will be definitely true if direction to reach at point C, then walks 8m in
the given expression A≥D≥G=K<H=M<Q≤R is east direction and reach at point D. From
definitely true? point D she takes a left turn and walks 5m to
(a) A < H (b) D > G reach at point E. What is the shortest distance
(c) R > K (d) R ≥ G between Point E and point B?
(e) A < M (a) 11m (b) 10m
53. A person starts walking in the east direction (c) 8m (d) 3m
from point A and walks 12m to reach at point (e) None of these
B. From Point B he takes two consecutive Directions (58-62): In these questions,
right turn and walks 10m and 24m to reach at relationship between different elements is
point C. Finally, he starts walking in north shown in the statements. These statements are
direction from point C and walks 5m to reach followed by two conclusions:
at point D. What is the shortest distance and
(a) If only conclusion I follows.
direction of point D point with respect to
(b) If only conclusion II follows.
point A?
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows.
(a) 20m, South-west (b) 15m, North-east
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
(c) 13m, South-west (d) 13m, North-west
(e) None of these (e) If both conclusion I and II follow.

777
7
 58. Statements: P≥Q, U>V=W, P >R≤V, U<S 67. Which of the following is ninth to the right of
Conclusion: I. W<S sixteenth from the left end?
II. W≤Q (a) D (b) B
59. Statements: D≥A, B<F, E>A>B, G>D (c) J (d) V
Conclusion: I. E>G (e) 9
II. G>F Directions (68-720): Study the letters sequence
60. Statements: Z<W=V, Y≥W, Z≥U, X≤V carefully and answer the questions given below.
Conclusion: I. Y>U BFGT VHKY TIXA CDJI EHCA
II. W≥X
68. If 2nd and 4th letters of each word are
61. Statements: A≥H, C=B<H, D≥A>L interchanged, then how many meaningful words
Conclusion: I. B≤D will be formed?
II. L<H (a) One (b) Three
62. Statements: Q=M, K>S≥M, P≥S, R≤Q (c) Four (d) Two
Conclusion: I. P>R (e) None of these
II. R=P
69. If 2nd and 3rd letters in each word are changed
Directions (63-67): Study the information given with their succeeding letters, then how many
below and answer the questions based on it.
words will have more than one vowel?
NOT8ΩE7$KILδ3Z∆6AJRU4⨎VD9Bδ
(a) Four (b) Three
1Q¥
(c) One (d) Two
63. Which of the following is sixth to the right of (e) None
thirteenth from the right end?
70. If all the words are arranged from left to right
(a) D (b) ⨎
(c) J (d) δ according to English alphabetical order, then
(e) 9 which of the following is 4th word from the right
end?
64. How many such symbols are there in the above
(a) BFGT (b) CDJI
arrangement each of which is immediately
preceded by a number and also immediately (c) VHKY (d) EHCA
followed by a vowel? (e) TIXA
(a) None (b) One 71. How many letters are there between 2nd letter
(c) Two (d) Three of the word which is second from right end and
(e) None of these 3rd letter of the word which is second from left
65. How many such consonants are there in the end according to English alphabetical order?
above arrangement each of which is immediately (a) Six (b) Three
preceded by a number but not immediately (c) Five (d) Two
followed by a consonant? (e) None of these
(a) None (b) One
72. If all the consonants are changed with their
(c) Two (d) Three
preceding letter and all the vowels are changed
(e) None of these
with their succeeding letter according to English
66. How many such numbers are there in the above alphabetical order, then how many words having
arrangement each of which is immediately at least one vowel?
preceded by a symbol?
(a) Three (b) None
(a) None (b) One
(c) Two (d) Four
(c) Two (d) Three
(e) One
(e) None of these

888
8
 Directions (73-77): Study the letters and symbols (c) If either conclusion I or II follows.
sequence carefully and answer the questions (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
given below. (e) If both conclusions I and II follow.
@ZE#XC$V%BA^L&KJ*HIΩRQ∞W€T 78. Statements: Only a few music is sweet
UαPM¥N£YO©DβS No sweet is tasty
73. What is the sum of the place values according to All tasty is Mango
Conclusions: I: Some mango are not sweet
English alphabetical order of the element which
II: No music is tasty
is 15th element from the left end and 16th
element from the right end? 79. Statements: All Bus are Truck
(a) 32 (b) 34 All truck are Car
(c) 33 (d) 35 Some truck are train
Conclusions: I: Some bus are train
(e) None of these
II: No train is bus
74. How many elements are there between ‘A’ and
80. Statements: Some Hot are Cold
7th element from the right end? All cold are water
(a) Twenty-one (b) Nineteen All water is steam
(c) Twenty (d) Twenty-two Conclusions: I. Some water are Hot
(e) None of these II. Some steam are hot
75. How many letters are there which are 81. Statements: Only a few grapes are mango
immediately preceded by and immediately Only a few mango are Onion
followed by a symbol? All onion are Apple
(a) Six (b) Seven Conclusions: I. Some grapes are apple is
(c) Four (d) Five possibility
(e) None of these II. Some mango are apple is possibility
76. What is the position of ‘*’ with respect to ‘M’? 82. Statements: No sand is smoke
(a) Eleventh to the left All smoke is Smog
No smog is fog
(b) Thirteenth to the left
Conclusions: I. Some smog are not sand
(c) Twelfth to the left
II. Some smoke are not Fog
(d) Fourteenth to the left
(e) None of these 83. If all the letters in the word JOURNALISM are
arranged in alphabetical order from left to right
77. Which amongst the following element is 11th to in such a way that vowels are arranged first
the left of 25th element from the left end? followed by consonants, then how many letters
(a) & (b) L are there in between O and N after the
(c) K (d) J arrangement?
(e) None of these (a) Two (b) One
Directions (78-62): In each of the questions (c) None (d) Three
(e) Four
below some statements are given followed by
some Conclusions. You have to take the given 84. If in the number 18397652, 2 is subtracted to
statements to be true even, if they seem to be at each of the digit which is greater than 6 and 1 is
variance from commonly known facts. Read all added from each of the digit which is less than 5
the conclusions and then decide which of the and three is added to each of the digit which is
equal to 5 and 6 then how many digits are
given conclusions logically follows from the given
repeating in the number thus formed?
statements disregarding commonly known facts.
(a) Two (b) One
(a) If only conclusion I follows.
(c) None (d) Three
(b) If only conclusion II follows. (e) Four

999
9
 85. Mohit is 15th from the left end of a row and 92. Statements: S=M≤ Q=I≤W>D
Ram is 22th from the right end of row. If they Conclusion I: S=W
interchanged their positions then Ram ranks II: W>S
become 16th from right end. Find total Directions (93-97): Study the information and
number of persons in the row? answer the following questions:
(a) 30 (b) 29 In a certain code language
(c) 31 (d) 25 ‘Easy search Shot income’ is written as ‘ka la ho ga’,
(e) Can’t be determined ‘Command and Soft Easy’ is written as ‘mo ta pa
86. Showing a woman on the stage, Ravi said, ka’,
"She is the aunt of the son of only brother of ‘Income more only part’ is written as ‘zi la ne ki’
my wife. How is the woman on stage related ‘Command more soft Easy’ is written as ‘zi mo ka
to Ravi? ta’.
(a) Wife (b) Brother 93. What is the code for ‘and’ in the given code
(c) Mother-in-law (d) Sister-in-law language?
(e) Mother (a) mo (b) ta
87. Which of the following will be definitely not true (c) pa (d) ka
if the given expression (e) None of these
A>D≥R>J≥W>L=T≤C>B≤N is definitely true? 94. What is the code for ‘Soft’ in the given code
(a) R > T (b) C ≥ T language?
(c) W < A (d) L < D (a) Only ta (b) Only mo
(e) J ≥ T (c) Either pa or mo (d) Only pa
Directions (88-92): In these questions, (e) Either mo or ta
relationship between different elements is show 95. What may be the possible code for ‘part only
in the statements. The statements are followed more’ in the given code language?
by conclusions. Study the conclusions based on (a) ne ki zi (b) mo zi ne
the given statements and select the appropriate (c) ki ne mo (d) mo zi ki
answer: (e) xi ka ta
(a) If only conclusion I follows.
96. What is the code for ‘more income’ in the given
(b) If only conclusion II follows.
code language?
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(a) la ne (b) ga la
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
(c) zi ka (d) zi ki
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow.
(e) la zi
88. Statements: S≤W<O≥R≥G>D≥J
Conclusion I: O>S
II: J<R
89. Statements: Q≤L>P=F<E<R=C
Conclusion I: L>F
II: C>P
90. Statements: E>T=R<C≤P≥G
Conclusion I: P>T
II: T>G
91. Statements: Z<X<T=E>S>L=C
Conclusion I: S>Z
II: T>C

10
10
10
10
 97. What is the code for ‘Easy’ in the given code Only a few cold is pink.
language? Only mixture is hot.
(a) ta (b) ka Conclusions: I. All mixture being pink is a
(c) either ta or ka (d) zi possibility.
(e) mo II. Some mixture can never be cold.
Directions (98-100): In these questions, (a) If either conclusion I or II follows.
relationship between different elements is (b) If both conclusions I and II follow.
shown in the statements. The statements are (c) If only conclusion II follows.
followed by two conclusions. Give the answer: (d) If only conclusion I follows.
(a) If only conclusion I is true (e) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
(b) If only conclusion II is true 103. Statements: Only a few cotton is jute.
(c) If either conclusion I or II is true
Some jute is not silk.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II is true
Some silk is nylon.
(e) If both conclusions I and II are true
Conclusions: I. Some silk is not nylon.
98. Statements: N> E≥S; S≥U≤G; V=U II. All silk is nylon.
Conclusions: I. E≥V (a) If either conclusion I or II follows.
II. G>V (b) If both conclusions I and II follow.
99. Statements: A>B≤D=E; M≥J>E=T (c) If only conclusion II follows.
Conclusions: I. D≥A (d) If only conclusion I follows.
II. M>D (e) If neither conclusion I nor II follows.
100. Statements: N> E≥S; S≥U≤G; V=U 104. How many pairs of letters are there in the word
Conclusions: I. G>E “PLATFORMS” which has as many letters
II. E≥G between them as we have in the English
Direction (101-103): In each of the questions alphabetical series (from both forward and
below some statements are given followed by backward direction)?
two conclusions. You have to take the given (a) Two (b) One
statements to be true even if they seem to be at (c) Three (d) None
variance with commonly known facts. Read all (e) More than three
the conclusions and then decide which of the
105. How many such numerals are there in the
given conclusions logically follows from the
number ‘936576483’ which will remain at the
given statements disregarding commonly known
same position when they are arranged in
facts.
ascending order from right to left?
101. Statements: Only a few cotton is jute. (a) One (b) Two
Some jute is not silk.
(c) Three (d) more than three
Some silk is nylon.
(e) None
Conclusions: I. All jute being nylon is a
possibility. 106. P, U, V, R and T have different heights. T is
II. Some cotton is not jute. just taller than R but just shorter than V.P is
(a) If only conclusion II follows. taller than U.P is not the tallest person then
(b) If both conclusions I and II follow. who among the following is the second tallest
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows. person?
(d) If only conclusion I follows. (a) P (b) V
(e) If neither conclusion I nor II follows. (c) U (d)T
102. Statements: Some mixture is cold. (e) R

11
11
11
11
 107. Six boxes i.e., P, Q, R, S, T and U are arranged 112. Statements: All Noun are Pronoun.
according to their weight in descending order. Some Pronoun are Verb.
Book P is heavier than only book R. Book T is Some Verb are Tense.
heavier than book U. Book S is heavier than book Conclusions: I. Some Noun can be Verb.
T but not the heaviest among all. Which among II. Some Tense being Pronoun is a possibility.
the following is the third lightest book?
113. In the five family members - A is the
(a) Q (b) S
(c) T (d) U Father of B’s sister. E is the paternal
(e) None of these grandmother of D. B is the only son of C. Find
the relation of D with respect to A?
108. How many such numerals are there in the
(a) Sister (b) Daughter
number ‘4185476429’ which will remain at the
same position when arranged in ascending order (c) Daughter in law (d) Mother
from left to right? (e) None of these
(a) None (b) Three Directions (114-117): Study the following
(c) More than three (d) Two information carefully and answer the questions
(e) None of these given below:
Directions (109-112): In each of the questions Point G is in 5km north of Point E. Point B is in 8km
below some statements are given followed by east of Point G. Point C is in 8km west of Point H.
some conclusions. You have to take the given Point B is in 14km north of Point H. Point D is in 6km
statements to be true even if they seem to be at west of Point F. Point A is in 5km north of Point D.
variance with commonly known facts. Read all Point E is in 12km east of Point A.
the conclusions and then decide which of the
114. What is the total distance between Point A
given conclusions logically follows from the
and Point B?
given statements disregarding commonly known
facts. (a) 22km (b) 2500m
(a) If only conclusion I follows. (c) 25km (d) 20km
(b) If only conclusion II follows. (e) None of these
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows. 115. What is the direction of Point D with respect
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows. to Point G?
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow. (a) South-west (b) South-east
109. Statements: Only a few Bubbles are Soap. (c) North (d) South
All Soap are Margo. (e) North-west
Some Neem are not Margo.
116. What is the shortest distance between Point
Conclusions: I. Some Bubbles are not Neem.
A and Point G?
II. Some Soap are not Bubbles.
(a) 11km (b) 13km
110. Statements: All Ship are Jeep.
(c) 14km (d) 18km
All Jeep are Bike.
(e) None of these
Some Car are Bike.
Conclusions: I. Some Ship can be Car. 117. What is the direction of Point D with respect
II. All Car are Bike. to Point C?
111. Statements: Some Egg are Roll. (a) South-east (b) North-west
Some Roll are not Paratha. (c) South-west (d) South
Conclusions: I. All Egg can never be Paratha. (e) North
II. Some Paratha are not Roll.

12
12
12
12
 Directions (118-122): Study the following 125. In a row, Rajiv is twenty-first from the left
information carefully and answer the questions end and Shivani is fifteenth from the right end. If
given below: they interchange their positions Shivani is
In a certain code language, twenty-seventh from the right end. How many
‘Forest guide case cliff’ is written as ‘mo zn si lf ’, people are there in the row?
‘Instant guide incident present’ is written as ‘gn iy (a) 46 (b) 47
oy si’, (c) 56 (d) 59
‘Cliff case key product’ is written as ‘vw mo zn gi’, (e) None of the above
‘Domestic case present instant’ is written as ‘gn oy 126. If it is possible to make only one meaningful
mo wn’. word with the second, fourth, sixth and eighth
118. What is the code for ‘Domestic’? letters of the word SERVICEABLE, which of the
(a) wn (b) mo following will be the first letter of that word? If
(c) oy (d) gn only two such words can be formed, give ‘X’ as
(e) None of these the answer; if three or more such words can be
formed, give ‘Y’ as your answer and if no such
119. Which of the following may be the code for
word can be formed, give ‘Z’ as the answer.
‘product guide case’?
(a) C (b) A
(a) vw si iy (b) gi mo si
(c) X (d) Z
(c) iy si gi (d) vw mo si (e) Y
(e) Can’t be determined
Directions (127-129): Study the following
120. What is the code for ‘Key’? information carefully and answer the given
(a) gi (b) zn questions.
(c) mo (d) vw There are seven friends i.e. A, B, C, D, E, F and G
(e) Can’t be determined having different weights. At least three persons are
121. What does ‘iy’ stand for? heavier than D. B is not the heaviest. C is heavier than
(a) Guide (b) Instant F but lighter than D. G is the lightest. B is heavier than
(c) Incident (d) Present D and E. The weight of second lightest person is 40
(e) None of these kg and second heaviest person is 62 kg.
122. What is the code for ‘Case’? 127. If the weight of D is 52kg, then what may be
(a) zn (b) si possible weight of C?
(c) oy (d) mo (a) 56kg (b) 70 kg
(e) Can’t be determined (c) 48kg (d) 35 kg
(e) None of the above
123. The position of how many alphabets will
remain unchanged if each of the alphabets in the 128. How many persons are lighter than E?
word ‘INTERVATION’ is arranged in alphabetical (a) One (b) None
order from left to right? (c) Three (d) Two
(a) Three (b) None (e) Four
(c) One (d) Two
(e) None of these
124. In an exam, A, B, C and D each scored
different marks. B scored more than C and D. No
one scored less than A. Who amongst them
scored the maximum marks?
(a) B
(b) Either C or D
(c) D
(d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these

13
13
13
13
 129. Who is just heavier than E? 134. Statements: Only a few engine are hill.
(a) D (b) A No engine is socket.
(c) B (d) F Only a few socket is rocket.
(e) None of these Only a few cake is socket.
130. How many such pairs of letters are there in Conclusions: I. Some engine is not rocket.
the word ‘THOUGHT’ each of which has as many II. All rockets can never be engines.
letters between them in the word as in the (a) If only conclusion I follows
English alphabet (Both forward and backward)? (b) If only conclusion II follows
(a) One (b) None (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(c) Three (d) Two (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) Four (e) If both conclusions I and II follow
131. If each of the vowels in the word WEQIL is 135. Statements: All flats are homes.
kept unchanged and each of the consonants is
All well are tiles.
replaced by the next letter in English alphabet,
No flat is well.
how many meaningful words can be formed with
Only a few homes are well.
the new letters using each letter only once in
Conclusions: I. Some tiles are not flats.
each word?
(a) One (b) None II. A few homes are tiles.
(c) Three (d) Two (a) If only conclusion I follows
(e) Four (b) If only conclusion II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
132. How many such pairs of letters are there in
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
the word ‘BACKSPACE’ each of which has as
many letters between them in the word as in the (e) If both conclusions I and II follow
English alphabet (Both forward and backward)? 136. Statements: Only a few Rabbit is Cute.
(a) One (b) None No Cute is Soft.
(c) Three (d) Two All Soft is Mice.
(e) More than three Conclusions: I. Some Rabbit is not Cute.
Directions (133-147): In each of the questions II. Some Rabbit is not Soft.
below few statements are given followed by two (a) If only conclusion I follows
conclusions. You have to take the given (b) If only conclusion II follows
statements to be true even if they seem to be at (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
variance from commonly known facts. Read all (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
the conclusions and then decide which of the (e) If both conclusions I and II follow
given conclusions logically follow from the given
137. Statements: All Copy is Notebook.
statements disregarding commonly known facts.
Only a few Notebooks are Rough.
133. Statements: Only a few colors are smooth.
All books are Rough.
All pastel is smooth.
Conclusions: I. Some Copy being Rough is a
All smooth is Yellow.
possibility.
Conclusions: I. All the pastel can be colors.
II. At least some Books are Notebooks.
II. Some yellow is not colors.
(a) If only conclusion I follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows (b) If only conclusion II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow (e) If both conclusions I and II follow

14
14
14
14
 138. Statements: Only a few Green is Light. 142. Statements: All Gifts are Presents.
All Light is Brown. Only a few Presents are Rewards.
Only a few Brown is Dark. Some Rewards are not Surprises.
Conclusions: I. Some Gifts are not Surprises.
Conclusions: I. No Green is Dark. II. Some Presents are not Rewards
II. All Brown can be Dark. (a) If only conclusion I follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows (b) If only conclusion II follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
143. Statements: Only a few Parrots are Green.
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
Some Green are Birds.
139. Statements: Only a few History is Only a few Birds are Pigeon.
Geography. Conclusions: I. No Green is Pigeon.
All Geography is English. II. Some Green are Pigeons.
(a) If only conclusion I follows
Only a few English are Gk. (b) If only conclusion II follows
Conclusions: I. Some History is Gk. (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
II. No History is Gk. (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows (e) If both conclusions I and II follow
(b) If only conclusion II follows 144. Statements: No Cars are Buses.
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows All Buses are Cycles.
Only a few Cycles are Scooters.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
Conclusions: I. Some Scooters can be Cars.
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow II. Some Cycles are not Cars.
140. Statements: Only a few Chargers are (a) If only conclusion I follows
Laptops. (b) If only conclusion II follows
No Laptops are Power Banks. (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
All Power Banks are Mouse.
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
Conclusions: I. Some Chargers are not Power
145. Statements: Only a few Fruits are Citrus.
Banks. All Citrus are Oranges.
II. Some Mouse are not Laptops. No Oranges are Lemons.
(a) If only conclusion I follows Conclusions: I. Some Fruits are not Citrus.
(b) If only conclusion II follows II. Some Fruits are not Lemons.
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows (a) If only conclusion I follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
141. Statements: No Excel are Copy. (e) If both conclusions I and II follow
All Copy are Insert.
Only a few Insert are View.
Conclusions: I. Some Copy are View.
II. No Insert are Excel.
(a) If only conclusion I follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow

15
15
15
15
 146. Statements: Some Tiles are not Columns. 151. If in the given arrangement number 8 is
All Columns are Rows. inserted after every sixth element, then which of
Only a few Rows are Sets. the following element will be fifth to the right of
Conclusions: I. Some Sets are Tiles. the element which is ninth to the left of the one
II. All sets are Rows. which is sixth from the right end?
(a) If only conclusion I follows (a) % (b) !
(b) If only conclusion II follows (c) 6 (d) G
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows (e) None of these
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
152. What will be the resultant if the element
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
which is fifth from the extreme left end is
147. Statements: Only a few Flowers are Leaves. multiplied by the element which is fourth from
All Leaves are Thorns. the extreme right end?
No Thorns are Stems. (a) 35 (b) 30
Conclusions: I. Some Flowers are not Leaves. (c) 36 (d) 12
II. Some Leaves are not Stems. (e) None of these
(a) If only conclusion I follows
Directions (153-157): Study the following letter-
(b) If only conclusion II follows
number-symbol sequence and answer the
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
questions following it.
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
SFEL6CO3NKIP18ABW2X4J5GZ9Q7
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
VH
Directions (148-152): Study the information
153. How many such digits are there in the above
given below and answer the questions based on
arrangement, each of which is immediately
it.
preceded by a consonant and immediately
@BV269@FE$1&5A!589D%QP6%G5
followed by a vowel?
$6@HN
(a) Four (b) Three
148. If all 5’s are deleted from the given (c) Five (d) Two
arrangement and then remaining numbers are (e) None of these
arranged after N in an increasing order then
154. How many such consonants are there in the
which of the following element will be sixth to
above arrangement, each of which is
the left of the thirteen element from the right
immediately preceded by a digit and
end?
immediately followed by a consonant?
(a) P (b) $
(a) None (b) Two
(c) ! (d) H
(c) Three (d) Four
(e) None of these
(e) None of these
149. How many numbers are there in the given
155. Which of the following is sixth to the right of
arrangements which are immediately followed
nineteenth from the right end of the above
by a symbol?
arrangement?
(a) Five (b) Three
(a) 6 (b) B
(c) Four (d) More than five
(c) W (d) 2
(e) None of these
(e) None of these
150. If all the symbols are deleted from the given
156. Four of the following five are alike in a
arrangement, then which of the following
certain way and form a group. Which is the one
elements will be eight from the right end and left
that does not belong to that group?
end respectively?
(a) I1K (b) B2A
(a) A and Q (b) V and G
(c) XJ2 (d) ZQG
(c) 9 and H (d) F and 6
(e) C3L
(e) Q and 1

16
16
16
16
 157. Which of the following is eighth to the left of 162. Statements: R ≥ U = J, K ≤ T = S, S < N > R
seventeenth from the left end of the given Conclusions: I. N > J
arrangement? II. T < R
(a) 9 (b) K
(a) If only conclusion I follows
(c) N (d) 6
(b) If only conclusion II follows
(e) None of these
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
Directions (158-172): In the following questions (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
assuming the given statement to be true, find (e) If both conclusions I and II follow
which of the conclusion(s) among given
conclusions is/are definitely true and then give 163. Statements: M < L < P < N = D < F > B > C > E
your answers accordingly. Conclusions: I. N < E
II. M < P
158. Statements: B ≥ U = L, K ≤ V = S, S < M > B
(a) If only conclusion I follows
Conclusions: I. M > L
(b) If only conclusion II follows
II. V < B
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows (e) If both conclusions I and II follow
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows 164. Statements: N > B > H < E = F > G ≥ L < M > P
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow Conclusions: I. H > F
159. Statements: C = E ≤ H, Y = V > P, H < Z ≤ Y II. N > H
Conclusions: I. V > E (a) If only conclusion I follows
II. C < Y (b) If only conclusion II follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows (e) If both conclusions I and II follow
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
165. Statements: X > O > P < K > H ≥ U > A < P > G
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
≤Z=R>S
160. Statements: Q > N ≥ I, K ≤ T = Q, B ≤ P = K Conclusions: I. K > S
Conclusions: I. K ≤ N II. H ≤ S
II. P > I
(a) If only conclusion I follows
(a) If only conclusion I follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
161. Statements: K < I ≤ R, J = U ≥ K, S > N ≥ J 166. Statements: B < I > J = A ≥ L, J ≤ O
Conclusions: I. N ≥ K Conclusions: I. A ≥ O
II. U ≤ R II. O > B
(a) If only conclusion I follows (a) If only conclusion I follows
(b) If only conclusion II follows (b) If only conclusion II follows
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows (c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows (d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow (e) If both conclusions I and II follow

17
17
17
17
 167. Statements: M = N < O > P, O>E Directions (173-174): Study the information
Conclusions: I. M > E carefully and answer the questions given below.
II. E > P Point U is 3m west of point G, which is 8m north
(a) If only conclusion I follows of point V. Point V is 4m east of point B. Point B is
(b) If only conclusion II follows 9m south of point H. Point H is 2m west of point
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows L. Point L is 6m north of point C. Point C is 7m east
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows of point M.
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow 173. What is the shortest distance between point
168. Statements: R > P > T < Y, W > T > X U and Point M?
Conclusions: I. W > P (a) 2√18m (b) √61m
II. Y > W (c) √63m (d) 8m
(a) If only conclusion I follows (e) None of these
(b) If only conclusion II follows
174. In which direction point C with respect to
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
point V?
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(a) North (b) North-west
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
(c) North-east (d) South-west
169. Statements: A ≤ K, N > C < T, X ≥ N, X = O (e) None of these
Conclusions: I. C < X
175. If all the digits in the number “8154276367”
II. N < O
arranged in ascending order from left to right
(a) If only conclusion I follows
then how many numbers remains same in their
(b) If only conclusion II follows
position?
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(a) One (b) Two
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(c) Three (d) Four
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
(e) None of these
170. Statements: W ≥ Y, Y < K, O = K, P < Y
176. If ‘A × D’ mean ‘D is the sister of A’, ‘A + D’
Conclusions: I. P < O
means ‘D is the daughter of A’, ‘A ÷ D’ means
II. P < W
‘A is the wife of D’, and ‘A-D’ means ‘A is
(a) If only conclusion I follows
brother of D’ then how will ‘K is mother of P’
(b) If only conclusion II follows
be denoted?
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(a) J - K ÷ P + L (b) K + P + M × J
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(c) J – K ÷ L + P (d) K – J ÷ L + P
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
(e) None of these
171. Statements: Y ≥ M, M < K, C = K, O < M
177. In a row Ram sits 23rd from the left end of
Conclusions: I. O < C
the row and Aman sits 25th from the right end
II. O < Y
of the row. If there are 7 people sit in between
(a) If only conclusion I follows
Ram and Aman then find out how many
(b) If only conclusion II follows
people sit in the row?
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(a) 54 (b) 47
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(c) 52 (d) 60
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
(e) Can’t be determined
172. Statements: J ≤ K, X > F < T, E ≥ X, E = H
178. How many pairs of letters are there in the
Conclusions: I. F < E
word “VALUATION” each of which have as many
II. X < H
letters between them (both forward and
(a) If only conclusion I follows
backward directions) in the word as they have
(b) If only conclusion II follows
between them in the English alphabetical series?
(c) If either conclusion I or II follows
(a) None (b) Two
(d) If neither conclusion I nor II follows
(c) Three (d) More than three
(e) If both conclusions I and II follow
(e) None of these

18
18
18
18
 179. Pointing towards photograph a person said Directions (185-189): In each of the questions
“This girl is daughter in law of my father”. That below some statements are given followed by two
person has no brother. How is person related to conclusions. You have to take the given
that girl? statements to be true even if they seem to be at
(a) Father (b) Father-in-law variance with commonly known facts. Read all
(c) Grandfather (d) Son the conclusions and then decide which of the
(e) None of these given conclusions logically follows from the given
statements, disregarding commonly known facts.
Directions (180-182): Study the information
Give answer
carefully and answer the questions given below.
(a) Only II follows.
Six persons M, N, O, P, Q, and S are different
(b) Either I or II follows
weight. P is heavier than N. M is lighter than S. Q (c) Both I and II follow
is heavier than N. M is not lighter than P and Q. S (d) Only I follow.
is not heaviest, and Q is not second lightest. The (e) Neither I nor II follows
weight of heaviest is 70kg.
185. Statements: Some Smart is Clever
180. Who among the following person is third Only a few Clever is Sharp
heaviest? Only Sharp is Quick
(a) M (b) S Conclusions: I. All Sharp is Clever is a
(c) P (d) Q possibility.
(e) Can’t be determined II. All Clever is Smart is a possibility.
181. Who among the following is the lightest 186. Statements: All Movie are Action
person? All Action are Comedy
(a) M (b) N Only a few Action is Good
(c) Q (d) P Conclusions: I. All Movie is Good is a possibility
(e) None of these II. Some Comedy is Good is a possibility
182. If weight of M is 67kg what may be the 187. Statements: No Image is Art.
weight of S? Only a few Art is Photo
(a) 60kg (b) 63kg Some Image is Colour.
(c) 61kg (d) 69kg Conclusions: I. All Art is Colour is a possibility
(e) None of these II. Some Photo is Image is a possibility
188. Statements: All Lock is Key.
183. If in the number 39475132, 2 is multiply to
Only a few Lock is Door
each of the digit which is less than 4 and 3 is
All Door is Gate.
subtracted from each of the digit which is more
Conclusions: I. All Key is Door is a possibility
than 4 and equal to 4 then how many digits are
II. Some Gate is Lock is a possibility
repeating in the number thus formed?
(a) None (b) Four
(c) One (d) Three
(e) Two
184. If all the letters in the word CONSTITUTION
are arranged in alphabetical order from left to
right, then how many alphabets remains same in
their position?
(a) Three (b) One
(c) None (d) Two
(e) four

19
19
19
19
 189. Statements: All White is Pink the daughter-in-law of David. Chitra is not the
No Black are Brown nephew of Jiya. Gagan is the mother of Karan. Karan
All Black is Pink is the brother of Jiya and the father of Hemant. Jiya is
Conclusions: I. All Brown is White the sister-in-law of Latika and is unmarried. David is
II. No Brown is White the grandfather of Chitra. Hemant is a male member
190. E is the son of A. D is the son of B. E is of the family.
married to C. C is B’s daughter. How is D 195. How Hemant is related to Jiya?
related to E? (a) Niece (b) Nephew
(a) Brother (b) Uncle (c) Daughter (d) Son
(c) Father-in-law (d) Brother-in-law (e) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these 196. Find the incorrect statement.
Directions (191-193): Study the information (a) Gagan is the mother-in-law of Latika
carefully and answer the questions given below. (b) Jiya is the daughter of David
Seven persons i.e., P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are in the (c) Chitra is the granddaughter of Gagan
family of four-generation with one married couple. (d) Hemant is the son of Latika
There are three female members of the family. V is (e) All are correct
the mother of T who is grandmother of S. R is son of 197. How is Chitra related to David?
the one who is daughter in law of P. R has two (a) Grand Daughter (b) Grand father
children. S is female and she is not sister of Q. (c) Grand mother (d) Brother
191. Who among the following is grandson of (e) Daughter
V? Directions (198-200): Study the information
(a) U (b) T given below and answer the questions based on
(c) R (d) Q it.
(e) None of these Seven people A, B, C, D, E, F and G belong to the same
192. Who among the following is mother-in- family. It is a three-generation family. There are three
law of Q? couples in the family. F is the granddaughter of A. G is
(a) P (b) V the mother of B. E is the sister-in-law of B. A has two
(c) R (d) S sons. D is the aunt of F and sister-in-law of C. C is the
(e) U father of F. E is wife of C.
193. How is U related to T? 198. How is G related to C?
(a) Grandson (b) Granddaughter (a) Mother (b) Sister
(c) Father (d) Mother (c) Grandmother (d) Mother-in-law
(e) None of these (e) None of these
194. If ‘P + Q’ means ‘P is the father of Q’, ‘P × Q’ 199. How is E related to A?
means P is the brother of Q’; ‘P – Q’ means ‘P (a) Daughter (b) Son
is the mother of Q’, then which of the (c) Daughter-in-law (d) Mother
following is definitely true about X – Z + Y? (e) None of these
(a) Y is the son of Z (b) Z is the son of X 200. How is B related to F?
(c) Y is the father of Z (d) X is the mother of Y (a) Father (b) Brother
(e) None of these (c) Mother (d) Uncle
Directions (195-197): Study the information (e) None of these
carefully and answer the questions accordingly. Directions (201-203): Study the following
Seven persons in a family. There are two married information carefully and answer the given
couples and three generations in this family. Latika is questions.

20
20
20
20
 In a three-generation family, there are eight 207. How D is related to F?
members i.e., B, D, Y, K, U, T, M and W, with two (a) Son (b) Brother
married couples. T is the uncle of W who is the (c) Sister-in-law (d) Brother-in-law
granddaughter of Y. U is the son-in-law of D who is (e) None of these
the mother of T. Y has two children and only one is
Directions (208-209): Study the following
daughter among them. B is the sister-in-law of K and
information carefully and answer the questions
daughter of Y. K and M are not female. M is sibling of
accordingly.
D. Both T and K are unmarried.
There are six members in a family with two
201. If I is the father of K, then what is the relation
generations. Farah is the sister-in-law of Gita who is
of U with respect to I?
the mother of Eshan. Divya has no sister-in-law.
(a) Brother (b) Son-in-law
Chirag is the father-in-law of Divya. Hanu is the
(c) Son (d) Sister
(e) None of the above brother of Eshan who is unmarried. Farah is
unmarried.
202. If T has one son and one daughter, then how
many members are in 2nd and 3rd generation? 208. How Hanu is related to Divya?
(a) Three (b) Six (a) Uncle (b) Son
(c) Nine (d) Seven (c) Brother (d) Husband
(e) Eight (e) None of these
203. How is M related to T? 209. How Chirag is related to Eshan?
(a) Uncle (b) Father-in-law (a) Aunt (b) Uncle
(c) Sister (d) Son (c) Father (d) Mother
(e) Father (e) None of these
Directions (204-207): Study the following data Directions (210-214): In the question below
carefully and answer the questions accordingly.
three statements are given followed by the
There are nine members who belong to a family
conclusions. You have to take the given
having three generations. There are three married
statements to be true even if they seem to be at
couples. F and G are siblings. G is the only daughter
variance with commonly known facts. Read all
of C and she is married. I is the Nephew of D. H has
no child. C is the father-in-law of E who is not a male. the conclusions and then decide which of the
D is the son of A who is the husband of B. D is the given conclusions logically follows from the given
brother of E. H is the brother-in law of F. statements disregarding commonly known facts.

204. How F is related to I? 210. Statements: Only a few Peacocks are

(a) Grandfather (b) Sister Ostrich.
(c) Uncle (d) Father Only a few Rats are Swans.
(e) None of these Some Swans are Peacocks.
205. Who is the maternal grandfather of I? Conclusions: I. Some Rats can be Ostrich.
(a) C (b) B II. All Swans being Ostrich is a possibility.
(c) A (d) D (a) Only I follows
(e) Can’t be determined (b) Only II follows
206. How E is related to B? (c) Either I or II follows
(a) Son-in-law (b) Daughter-in-law (d) Neither I nor II follows
(c) Daughter (d) Sister (e) Both I and II follow
(e) None of these

21
21
21
21
 211. Statements: All Boards are Tube lights. 215. Statements: Y = T ≥ S, X < V = D, P < M ≥ Y, S
Only a few Wires are Boards. ≥E≥X
All Switches are Boards. Conclusions: I. M > X
Conclusions: I. All wires being Switches is a II. M = X
possibility. (a) Only I follows
II. Some Switches being Wires is a possibility. (b) Only II follows
(a) Only I follows (c) Either I or II follows
(b) Only II follows (d) Neither I nor II follows
(c) Either I or II follows (e) Both I and II follow
(d) Neither I nor II follows
216. Statements: F ≤ W > S, T < Z ≤ R = F, S ≥ V =
(e) Both I and II follow
H>I
212. Statements: Some Eagles are Pigeons.
Conclusions: I. Z ≤ W
Only a few Parrots are Eagles.
II. W > I
All Parrots are Peacocks.
(a) Only I follows
Conclusions: I. Some Peacocks can be Pigeons.
(b) Only II follows
II. No Eagles are Peacocks.
(c) Either I or II follows
(a) Only I follows
(b) Only II follows (d) Neither I nor II follows
(c) Either I or II follows (e) Both I and II follow
(d) Neither I nor II follows 217. Statements: Y = T ≤ S, C ≥ U < N, H > G ≤ Y, S
(e) Both I and II follow >D=C
213. Statements: All Cats are Dogs. Conclusions: I. G ≤ D
Only a few Dogs are Rabbits. II. S > U
All Rabbits are Rats. (a) Only I follows
Conclusions: I. Some Cats are Rats. (b) Only II follows
II. No Cats are Rats. (c) Either I or II follows
(a) Only I follows (d) Neither I nor II follows
(b) Only II follows (e) Both I and II follow
(c) Either I or II follows 218. Statements: R ≤ S, C = D < R, A > E ≥ C, S = T
(d) Neither I nor II follows >P
(e) Both I and II follow
Conclusions: I. E ≥ R
214. Statements: All Animals are foods. II. C < T
Only a few Birds are Humans. (a) Only I follows
All foods are Humans. (b) Only II follows
Conclusions: I. Some Birds are not Humans. (c) Either I or II follows
II. No Animals are Humans. (d) Neither I nor II follows
(a) Only I follows (e) Both I and II follow
(b) Only II follows
(c) Either I or II follows 219. Statements: S ≥ R ≤ V; U < M = R; N = H ≥ M
(d) Neither I nor II follows >G
(e) Both I and II follow Conclusions: I. S > H
II. M = V
Directions (215-222): In the following questions
(a) Only I follows
assuming the given statement to be true, find
(b) Only II follows
which of the conclusion(s) among given
conclusions is/are definitely true and then give (c) Either I or II follows
your answers accordingly. (d) Neither I nor II follows
(e) Both I and II follow

22
22
22
22
 220. Statements: D = R < G; A ≤ C ≥ E; U > R ≥ P = 224. Statements: Only a few engines are empty.
N Some empty are packed.
Conclusions: I. D = N No fruits is packed.
II. G < U Conclusions: I. All engines can be empty.
(a) Only I follows II. All packed being engines is a possibility.
(b) Only II follows (a) Only I follows
(c) Either I or II follows (b) Only II follows
(d) Neither I nor II follows (c) Either I or II follows
(d) Neither I nor II follows
(e) Both I and II follow
(e) Both I and II follow
221. Statements: Q = O < D ≤ E > R ≥ N; S > D; W >
Direction (225-229): Study the following
E
information carefully and answer the given
Conclusions: I. S ≤ N below.
II. W > Q Six persons Q, R, S, T, U and V have exams on three
(a) Only I follows different months March, April and May on two
(b) Only II follows different dates either 16th or 27th of the month of
(c) Either I or II follows the year 2022. Each person applied for different
(d) Neither I nor II follows exams SSC, IBPS, RRB, TNPSC, CTET and UPSC. All the
(e) Both I and II follow above information is not necessarily in the same
222. Statements: A < T; S > E; N = L > S ≥ T < C ≤ order.
M U has the exam in May. The one who applied for
TNPSC has the exam immediately before U. Only two
Conclusions: I. L > A
persons have the exam between the one who applied
II. L ≤ A
for TNPSC and R, who has the exam on two persons
(a) Only I follows
before the one who applied for CTET. S has the exam
(b) Only II follows
after the one who applied for CTET. The one who has
(c) Either I or II follows applied for IBPS has the exam immediately after S.
(d) Neither I nor II follows Neither T nor Q applied for CTET. T has the exam
(e) Both I and II follow before the one who applied for UPSC but after the
Directions (223-224): In each question below, one who applied for SSC.
some statements are given followed by some 225. Who among the following person has the
conclusions. You have to take the given exam on May 27?
statements to be true even if they seem to be at (a) U
variance with commonly known facts. Read all (b) The one who applied for CTET
the conclusions and then decide which of the (c) R
given conclusions logically follows/follow from (d) The one who applied for UPSC
the given statements, disregarding commonly (e) None of these
known facts.
223. Statements: Only a few juice are mixture.
No mixture is common.
No pure is common.
Conclusions: I. All juice can never be mixture.
II. Some mixture is pure.
(a) Only I follows
(b) Only II follows
(c) Either I or II follows
(d) Neither I nor II follows
(e) Both I and II follow

23
23
23
23
 226. Who among the following person applied for 232. If P and R are interchanged their position
RRB? similarly N and L are interchanged their position,
(a) T (b) Q then who among the following person sits facing
(c) V (d) U
towards L?
(e) R
(a) A (b) R
227. Four of the following five are alike in a (c) P (d) K
certain way and form a group. Which of the
(e) G
following one does not belong to that group?
(a) The one who applied for RRB 233. Who among the following pair of persons are
(b) The one who applied for TNPSC sitting adjacent to each other?
(c) R I. GL
(d) Q II. AX
(e) U
III. RX
228. How many persons have exam between Q (a) Only III (b) Only I
and V?
(c) Only I and III (d) Only I and II
(a) One (b) Two
(c) Three (d) Four (e) All I, II, and III
(e) No one 234. Which of the following statement(s) is/are
229. Which of the following combination is true? true?
(a) R-SSC (b) V-TNPSC (a) P sits second to the left of K
(c) U-CTET (d) Q-RRB (b) Q sits opposite to H
(e) S-IBPS (c) L sits diagonally opposite to P
Direction (230-234): Study the following (d) N sits third to the left of Q
information carefully and answer the given (e) None is true
below.
Fourteen persons are sitting in two parallel rows and Direction (235-239): Study the following
facing each other such that in Row 1- A, H, K, P, R, U, information carefully and answer the given
and X are sitting and facing south while in Row 2- B, below.
E, G, L, N, Q and S are sitting and facing north but not Ten boxes C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L are kept one
necessarily in the same order. U sits third to the left above the other in a stack but not necessarily in the
of A but none of them sits at the extreme end of the
same order. Only four boxes are kept between boxes
row. B sits immediate left of the one who is facing U.N
sits three places away from B. G sits immediate right L and H, which is kept below box L. At least one box
of N. K sits opposite to L and sits second to the left of is kept above box D which is kept immediately above
X, who doesn’t face N. P sits second to the right of R. box L. The number of boxes kept above box D is the
H faces the one who sits third to the left of S, who same as the number of boxes kept below box K. Only
doesn’t sit to the right of Q. two boxes are kept between boxes K and I. Box C is
230. What is the position of E with respect to S? kept immediately above box F, which is not kept
(a) Immediate left (b) Immediate right adjacent to box D. Box G is kept above box E but
(c) Second to the right (d) Third to the left below box J. More than two boxes are kept between
(e) Second to the left
boxes E and G.
231. Who among the following person sits third to
the left of H? 235. What is the position of Box C?
(a) The one who faces Q (a) Third from the top
(b) N (b) Fourth from the bottom
(c) The one who sits immediate right of X (c) Fifth from the bottom
(d) K (d) Fifth from the top
(e) None of these (e) Fourth from the top

24
24
24
24
 236. Which of the following box is kept 240. Who among the following person got a loan
immediately below Box H? in 2010?
(a) The box which is kept immediately above (a) The one who got a loan immediately before
Box F D
(b) J
(b) Box I
(c) E
(c) The box which is kept two boxes above Box
(d) The one who got a loan two persons after C
D
(e) None of these
(d) Box E
241. Four of the following five are alike in a
(e) None of these
certain way to form the group. Who among the
237. How many boxes are kept between Boxes G following one does not belong to that group?
and I? (a) DF (b) CJ
(a) One (b) Two (c) IG (d) FH
(c) Three (d) Four (e) EI
(e) No box 242. How many persons got a loan between F and
238. Which of the following statement is true with G?
(a) As many persons got between H and C
respect to Box J?
(b) Two
(a) Box J is kept second from the top
(c) As many persons got between D and J
(b) Box L is kept immediately below Box J (d) Four
(c) Box D is kept two boxes below Box J (e) No one
(d) Only one box is kept between Box J and Box
243. If H is related to 2007 and J is related to 2017
G in a certain way, then F is related to ________.
(e) None is true (a) 2012 (b) 2010
239. If box J is related to box D and box I is related (c) 2000 (d) 2002
to box F in a certain way, then which of the (e) 2005
following box is related to box K? 244. In which of the following year does E get a
(a) Box G (b) Box C loan?
(c) Box L (d) Box H (a) 2012 (b) 2010
(e) Box E (c) 2000 (d) 2002
(e) 2017
Direction (240-244): Study the following
Directions (245-249): Study the following
information carefully and answer the given
information carefully and answer the given
below. below.
Eight persons C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J got a loan in eight Nine persons A, B, D, H, K, N, R, U and Y are living in
different years 2000, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2010, a nine-storey building such that the lowermost floor
2012 and 2017, but not necessarily in the same is numbered as one and the floor immediately above
order. F got a loan in a leap year. Only three persons it is numbered as 2 and so on. Only one person lives
got between F and I. J got two persons before I. on each floor. R lives on an odd numbered floor and
The number of persons got between F and J is one lives three floors above N. The number of floors
less than the number of persons got between D and below N is one less than the number of floors above
Y. D lives two floors above Y. K lives immediately
C. C got a loan either immediately before or
below D. As many floors between R and D as between
immediately after J. H got a loan immediately after D.
K and H. U lives below A and lives above B. At least
G got a loan before E but after J.
one person lives between U and B.

25
25
25
25
 245. How many persons live between N and B? are designated between H and J. Only one person is
(a) One (b) Two designated between J and N, who is two persons
(c) Three (d) Four senior to K. The number of persons designated
(e) No one between L and K is one more than the number of
persons designated between M and O, who is senior
246. Who among the following person lives two to N but junior to I. M is not an immediately senior
floors above H? toI.
(a) The one who lives immediately below U
250. In which of the following designation does M
(b) R
work?
(c) K
(a) Manager
(d) The one who lives immediately above R
(b) Chief Technology Officer (CTO)
(e) None of these
(c) Chief Marketing Officer (CMO)
247. If all the persons are arranged according to (d) Managing director (MD)
the alphabetical order from bottom to top then (e) Chief Legal Officer (CLO)
the position of how many persons will remain
251. Four of the following are alike in a certain
unchanged?
way as per the given arrangement and thus form
(a) One (b) Two
a group. Which of the following one does not
(c) Three (d) Four
belong to that group?
(e) No one
(a) LN (b) OK
248. Four of the following five are alike in a (c) JH (d) HK
certain way and thus form a group as per the (e) IO
given arrangement. Which of the following one 252. Which of the following statement(s) is/are
does not belong to that group? true?
(a) K (b) A I. L is junior to M
(c) H (d) N II. Only two persons are designated between J
(e) D and M
249. If K is related to R and A is related to U in a III. K is Chief Legal Officer (CLO)
certain way, then who among the following (a) Only I (b) Only I and II
person is related to H? (c) Only III (d) Only II
(a) The one who lives two floors below U (b) Y (e) Only II and III
(c) The one who lives on the Eighth floor (d) U 253. If all the persons are designated in
(e) None of these alphabetical order from seniormost to
Directions (250-254): Study the following juniormost designations, then how many
information carefully and answer the given persons remain unchanged in their
below. designations?
Eight persons H, I, J, K, L, M, N and O are working in a (a) One (b) Two
company on different designations. The designation (c) Three (d) Four
of the persons in decreasing order are as Managing (e) None
Director (MD), Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief 254. Who among the following person is the Chief
Operations Officer (COO), Chief Financial Officer Financial officer (CFO) of the company?
(CFO), Chief Technology Officer (CTO), Chief (a) The one who is immediately junior to L
Marketing Officer (CMO), Chief Legal Officer (CLO) (b) K
and Manager where Managing Director (MD) is the (c) The one who is two persons senior to H
seniormost designation. H is four persons junior to L, (d) M
who is not the Managing director. Only two persons (e) None of these

26
26
26
26
 Directions (255-259): Study the following Directions (260-264): Study the following
information carefully and answer the given information carefully and answer the given
below. below.
Eight persons-C, F, H, M, O, R, T and V are sitting Seven persons J, K, L, M, N, O and P are sitting in a
around a circular table in such a way that some of linear row such that all of them are facing towards
them are facing towards the centre while some of north. Each of them has different brands laptop Dell,
them are facing away from the center. Not more than Lenovo, HP, Apple, Acer, Asus and MSI. All the above
two adjacent persons facing the same direction. M information is not necessarily in the same order.
sits second to the right of H. R sits two places away
O sits third to the right of the one who has Dell laptop
from M and faces the same direction as H. F sits third
where none of them sits at any end of the row. The
to the right of T where none of them sits adjacent to
one who has HP laptop sits third from the right end.
R. T faces opposite direction to that of R. One person
Only two persons sit between M and the one who has
sits between C and V, who sits immediate left of F.
The immediate neighbours of V face the same HP laptop. P sits fourth to the left of the one who has
direction. O sits immediate right of F. Both M and O Asus laptop. Either M or P has apple laptop. J has Acer
doesn’t face towards the center. laptop and sits second to the left of the one who has
Lenovo laptop. Neither L nor K has Asus laptop. L sits
255. Who among the following person sits third to
to the right of K and doesn’t have HP laptop.
the right of M?
(a) The one who sits immediate left of F 260. Who among the following person has Lenovo
(b) C laptop?
(c) T (a) N
(d) The one who sits immediate left of H (b) The one who sits immediate left of L
(e) R (c) L
256. Four of the following five are alike in a (d) The one who sits second to the left of P
certain way and hence form a group. Find the one (e) None of these
that doesn’t belong to that group.
261. What is the position of P with respect to the
(a) R (b) C
(c) O (d) F one who has Dell laptop?
(e) H (a) Fourth to the right (b) Second to the left
(c) Immediate right (d) Immediate left
257. What is the position of O with respect to C?
(e) None of these
(a) Second to the left (b) Second to the right
(c) Third to the left (d) Immediate right 262. Four of the following five are alike in a
(e) Fourth to the right certain way and hence form a group. Find the one
258. If all the persons are made to sit in the that doesn’t belong to that group.
alphabetical order in a clockwise direction from (a) M-Apple (b) J-Acer
C, then how many persons remain unchanged in (c) O-HP (d) N-Asus
their position, excluding C? (e) L-Lenovo
(a) One (b) Two
(c) Three (d) More than three
(e) None
259. Which of the following statement is/are true
with respect to the final arrangement?
(a) Both C and M facing away from the center
(b) F sits adjacent to H
(c) C sits immediate left of M
(d) Two persons sit between R and H
(e) None is true

27
27
27
27
 263. Who among the following person sits third to 268. Who among the following person published
the right of the one who has Apple laptop? the novel two days before N?
(a) P (a) M
(b) The one who has Lenovo laptop (b) The one who published on Sunday
(c) N (c) K
(d) The one who has HP laptop (d) Both a and c
(e) None of these (e) Both a and b
264. If all the persons are made to sit in 269. If M is related to H and N is related to K in a
alphabetical order from right to left, then the certain way, then who among the following
position of how many persons will remain person is related to O?
unchanged? (a) L (b) H
(a) One (b) Two (c) N (d) O
(c) Three (d) Four (e) None of these
(e) No one Directions (270-274): Study the following
Directions (265-269): Study the following information carefully and answer the given
information carefully and answer the given below.
below. Six persons-Q, R, S, T, U and V visited six different
Seven persons H, J, K, L, M, N and O published their countries Canada, Russia, China, Brazil, Spain and
novels on seven different days starting from Germany in different months from March to August.
Saturday to Friday but not necessarily in the same All the information is not necessarily in the same
order. order.
O published one of the days after Tuesday. Only two T visited in the month having 31 days but not in
persons published between O and N. K published March. Only two persons visited between T and the
immediately after N. The number of persons one who visited Germany. U visited immediately
published after K is one more than the number of before the one who visited Germany. The number of
persons published before M. H published after M but persons visited after U is one less than the number of
persons visited before the one who visited Canada.
not adjacent to O. L published after H.
Only one person visited between the one who visited
265. Who among the following person published Brazil and V, who visited immediately after R. Q
the novel on Monday? visited two months after the one who visited Russia.
(a) K U doesn’t visit Spain.
(b) The one who published immediately after M
270. How many persons visited between S and the
(c) J
one who visited Canada?
(d) N
(a) One (b) Two
(e) The one who published two days after L
(c) Three (d) Four
266. How many persons published the novel (e) None
between J and H?
271. Which of the following combination is true?
(a) One (b) Two
(a) U-Brazil (b) V-China
(c) Three (d) Four
(c) T-Canada (d) R-Germany
(e) No one
(e) Q-Spain
267. Four of the following five are alike in a 272. Who among the following person visited
certain way and thus form a group as per the Russia?
given arrangement. Which of the following one (a) The one who visited in May
does not belong to that group? (b) U
(a) OK (b) NM (c) The one who visited immediately after R
(c) KH (d) JN (d) S
(e) HJ (e) Q

28
28
28
28
 273. If R is related to May and Q is related to 279. Which of the following statement is/are true
August in a certain way. Then who among the with respect to the final arrangement?
following is related to July? I. A sits to the right of H
(a) T II. C sits immediate left of Z
(b) The one who visited in May III. A sits third to the left of C
(c) V (a) Only I and III (b) Only I
(d) Both b and c (c) Only I and II (d) Only II
(e) Both a and b (e) None of the statements is true
274. Who among the following person visited two Directions (280-280): Study the following
months after the one who visited Brazil? information carefully and answer the given
(a) R (b) V below.
(c) T (d) S Eight persons H, I, J, K, L, M, N and O are sitting on a
(e) Q square table in such a way that four of them sit in the
Directions (275-279): Study the following corners of the table facing the centre while the other
information carefully and answer the given four sit in the middle of the sides of the table facing
below. away from the centre, but not necessarily in the same
Certain number of persons are sitting in a linear row order.
facing towards the north. Z sits fourth to the right of O sits second to the right of H. Two persons sit
A. Only two persons sit between Z and L. H sits three between J and M where none of them sits adjacent to
places away from L. The number of persons sitting H. K sits immediate right of M. The number of
between Z and H is one more than the number of persons sitting between K and J is the same as the
persons sitting between L and M, who doesn’t sit to number of persons sitting between L and I. N doesn’t
the left of H. C sits third to the left of M. G sits five sit adjacent to L. I doesn’t face the centre.
places away from C. More than one person but less 280. Who among the following person sits second
than three persons sit to the right of G. The number to the left of N?
of persons sitting to the right of G is one more than (a) O (b) K
the number of persons sitting to the left of A. (c) M (d) L
275. Who among the following person sits second (e) None of these
to the left of C? 281. What is the position of M with respect to J?
(a) Z (a) Second to the right (b) Third to the left
(b) The one who sits third to the right of Z (c) Immediate right (d) Fourth to the left
(c) G (e) Fourth to the right
(d) M
(e) The one who sits immediate right of H 282. If K and H are interchanged in their position,
then who among the following person sits
276. How many persons are sitting in the row? second to the right of K?
(a) 15 (b) 16
(a) The one who sits opposite to N
(c) 17 (d) 18
(b) The one who sits second to the right of I
(e) 19
(c) M
277. What is the position of M from right end? (d) O
(a) Fourth (b) Third (e) None of these
(c) Second (d) Fifth
283. If all the persons are made to sit in the
(e) Sixth
alphabetical order in a clockwise direction with
278. Who among the following person sits exactly respect to H, then how many persons remain
between H and G? unchanged in their position (excluding H)?
(a) L (b) Z (a) One (b) Two
(c) A (d) C (c) Three (d) More than three
(e) M (e) No one

29
29
29
29
 284. How many persons sit between N and K Seven boxes- P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are kept one above
when counted from the left of N? another such that the bottommost position is
(a) One (b) Two numbered as one and the topmost position is
(c) Three (d) More than three numbered as seven. Each box contains different
(e) None stones- Ruby, Garnet, Pearl, Agate, Jade, Onyx and
Zircon but not necessarily in the same order.
Directions (285-289): Study the following
Only three boxes are kept between box R and the box
information carefully and answer the question
which contains Pearl. Box Q is kept two boxes below
given below:
box R. Box Q is not kept in a prime numbered
Seven persons- A, B, C, D, E, F and G are of different
position. The number of boxes kept above the box
ages (in years) as 3, 7, 10, 15, 21, 23 and 28 but not
which contains pearl is the same as the number of
necessarily in the same order. D is five years elder boxes kept below the box which contains Agate. Only
than A. The number of persons younger than A is the two boxes are kept between box T and the box which
same as the number of persons elder than G. E’s age contains Agate. Box V is kept adjacent to box T. Only
is equal to the sum of G’s age and F’s age. B is younger one box is kept between box V and the box which
than C. B’s age is a prime number. contains Jade. Box which contains Ruby is kept three
285. Who among the following persons are the boxes above of the box which contains Jade. Box S
eldest and youngest persons among all? contains Zircon and kept above of box P. Box P does
(a) GD (b) BE not contain Garnet.
(c) BA (d) AC 290. _____ box contains Onyx.
(e) None of these (a) Box U
286. How many persons are elder than B? (b) The box which is kept immediately below V
(a) Same as persons younger than E (c) The box which is kept two boxes above T
(d) Box R
(b) Same as persons aged between F and C
(e) None of these
(c) Same as persons younger than C
(d) Same as persons aged between F and G 291. The number of boxes kept between T and U
(e) None of these is the same as the number of boxes kept below
____.
287. Which of the following combination is false?
(a) The box which contains Jade
(a) A-10 (b) E-28
(b) S
(c) F-7 (d) G-21 (c) The box which contains Agate
(e) B-23 (d) V
288. Who among the following person is 3 years (e) The box which contains Onyx
old? 292. Which of the following combination is true?
(a) F (a) U-Agate (b) P-Ruby
(b) The one who is four years younger than G (c) T-Garnet (d) V- Jade
(c) C (e) R-Pearl
(d) The one who is seven years younger than A 293. ____ box is kept two boxes above the box
(e) None of these which contains Garnet.
289. F is ____ years younger than D. (a) Box S (b) Box U
(a) 8 years (b) 10 years (c) Box P (d) Box V
(c) 15 years (d) 20 years (e) None of these
(e) More than 20 years 294. Find the odd one out?
Directions (290-294): Study the following (a) Ruby (b) Zircon
information carefully and answer the question (c) Pearl (d) Garnet
given below: (e) Agate

30
30
30
30
 Directions (295-299): Study the following Dancing, Singing, Cleaning, Cooking, Sweeping,
information carefully and answer the question Writing, Studying and Eating but not necessarily in
given below: the same order.
Eight persons- J, K, L, M, N, O, P and Q are standing on M faces the one who sits immediate left of the one
the stairs of a hotel one after another but not who likes dancing. The one who likes dancing does
not sit at the extreme end. Only one person sits
necessarily in the same order. Only four persons
between M and J. The one who likes writing sits
stand between Q and N where Q stands before N. J
adjacent to J. P sits immediate right of the one who
stands immediately before Q. Only two persons faces the person who likes Writing. As many persons
stand between J and L. Only one person stands sit to the left of P as to the right of the one who likes
between L and K. The number of persons standing studying. J does not like studying. K likes eating. Q
after K is one more than the number of persons likes sweeping. N sits adjacent to the one who likes
standing before M. Only two persons stand between cooking. M does not like singing.
M and O. 300. Who among the following person likes
295. Who stands immediately after L? Cleaning?
(a) O (b) P (a) The one who faces Q
(b) The one who sits adjacent to P
(c) N (d) M
(c) J
(e) None of these
(d) P
296. How many persons stand between N and O? (e) K
(a) Same as persons standing before L 301. What is the position of N with respect to the
(b) Same as persons stands between Q and P one who likes Studying?
(c) Same as persons standing after K (a) Opposite (b) Second to the right
(d) Same as persons stands between P and J (c) Immediate left (d) Third to the left
(e) None of these (e) Immediate right
297. _____ stands immediately before K. 302. Who sits exactly in the middle of the one who
(a) N (b) L likes Cleaning and J?
(a) M
(c) P (d) M
(b) P
(e) O
(c) The one who likes Eating
298. Which of the following is a true statement? (d) The one who likes Writing
(a) Q stands before M (e) None of these
(b) L stands adjacent to N 303. _____ likes Studying.
(c) N stands before P (a) K (b) P
(d) O stands after M (c) N (d) O
(e) None of these (e) L
299. Find the odd one out?
(a) M-O (b) L-N
(c) Q-P (d) L-K
(e) K-O
Directions (300-304): Study the following
information carefully and answer the question
given below:
Eight persons are sitting in two parallel rows and
facing each other. In row 1- J, K, L and M are sitting
and facing south while In row 2- N, O, P and Q are
sitting and facing north. They like different tasks-

31
31
31
31
 304. Find the odd one out? Directions (310-314): Study the following
(a) N-Writing (b) P-Cooking information carefully and answer the questions
(c) L-Dancing (d) K-Studying given below.
(e) Q-Cleaning Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G are sitting in a
Directions (305-309): Study the following linear row but not necessarily in the same order.
information carefully and answer the questions Some are facing north while some are facing south.
Not more than two persons facing the same direction
given below.
are sitting adjacent together.
Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are sitting on a
Only one person sits between F and C who sits on one
rectangular table facing the center such that two
of the ends. F sits immediate left of A, who sits exactly
persons are sitting on each side of the rectangular
in the middle of the row. E sits exactly between A and
table. The persons on opposite sides sit exactly
D who faces south. Only two persons sit between E
opposite to each other. R sits immediate right of P.
and G. G sits to the right of B but not to the left of D.
Only three persons sit between Q and R. Q sits
G faces the same direction as C.
adjacent to O, who sits third to the left of T. O is not
an immediate neighbor of N. Both S and N sit neither 310. Who among the following persons sit at the
on the same side nor opposite sides of the table. Two extreme ends of the row?
persons sit between S and M. (a) DF (b) BC
(c) CG (d) AD
305. In which of the following option, first person sits
(e) None of these
second to the right of the second person?
(a) RM (b) NP 311. How many persons sit between D and F?
(c) SM (d) QO (a) One (b) Two
(c) Three (d) More than three
(e) None of these
(e) None of these
306. Who among the following person sits opposite
312. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
to the one who sits third to the right of R?
way and thus form a group. Find the one that
(a) The one who sits immediate left of S
doesn’t belong to that group.
(b) M
(a) E (b) G
(c) The one who sits opposite to P
(c) C (d) B
(d) T
(e) A
(e) None of these
313. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true
307. How many persons sit between Q and P when
as per the arrangement?
counted from the left of Q?
I. A faces north
(a) Two (b) One
II. Immediate neighbors of A face the same
(c) Three (d) More than three direction
(e) None III. D sits third to the right of F
308. What is the position of O with respect to N? (a) Only II (b) Both I and III
(a) Second to the right (b) Second to the left (c) Only I (d) Both II and III
(c) Third to the left (d) Immediate right (e) None of these
(e) None of these 314. Who among the following person sits third to
309. Four of the following five are alike in a certain the left of A?
way and thus form a group. Find the one that (a) The one who sits immediate right of E
doesn’t belong to that group. (b) C
(a) NS (b) TM (c) F
(c) RO (d) PT (d) The one who sits immediate left of D
(e) MQ (e) None of these

32
32
32
32
 Directions (315-319): Study the following Directions (320-324): Study the following
information carefully and answer the questions information carefully and answer the questions
given below. given below.
Twelve persons- O, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z Six persons I, J, K, L, M and N are living in two
went for a vacation to one of the four Cities - Goa, different flats viz. Flat P and Flat Q of a three storey
Agra, Manali and Munnar. At least two persons and building, but not necessarily in the same order. The
not more than four persons went to the same City. lowermost floor is numbered as 1 and the floor
Q went to Manali for a vacation with S. U went for a immediately above it is numbered as 2 and so on. Flat
vacation with only one person who is not R. P and W P is to the west of Flat Q. Each person likes different
went to the same city but not to Munnar or Manali. flowers viz. Orchid, Lily, Jasmine, Daisy, Tulip and
Only two persons went to Agra and one of them is Z. Dahlia.
X and Y went to different cities but not to Manali
M lives in Flat P of an odd numbered floor. The one
where more than two people went for a vacation. R
who likes Orchid lives above M but not immediately
and O went to the same city as X. Goa is the only city
above. L doesn’t live on the same floor as the one who
where four people went for a vacation. V doesn’t go
likes Orchid live. I lives to the west of L who likes
to Goa.
Dahlia. The one who likes Tulip and Daisy live on
315. Who among the following group of people went different floors but in the same Flat. Both N and K live
to Munnar? on the same floor. K lives to the east of the one who
(a) QST (b) PWZ
likes Daisy. I likes neither Tulip nor Jasmine.
(c) XRO (d) PWUZ
(e) None of these 320. M likes which among the following flowers?
(a) Daisy (b) Tulip
316. Who among the following person went to
(c) Jasmine (d) Lily
Manali?
(e) None of these
(a) V (b) P
(c) U (d) T 321. Who lives in the same floor with the one who
(e) Z likes Orchid?
317. How many persons went to vacation with T? (a) The one who likes Jasmine
(a) One (b) N
(b) Two (c) The one who likes Tulip
(c) Three (d) L
(d) Cannot be determined (e) None of these
(e) None of these 322. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
318. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and thus form a group. Find the one that
way and hence form a group. Find the one that doesn’t belong to that group.
doesn’t belong to that group. (a) N
(a) QZ (b) XY (b) The one who likes Orchid
(c) PR (d) YT (c) J
(e) WU (d) The one who likes Dahlia
319. If U is related to Agra and R is related to Munnar (e) M
in a certain way, then who among the following 323. Who lives immediately above the one who likes
is related to Goa? Tulip?
(a) Q (b) W (a) I (b) K
(c) T (d) Both a and b (c) N (d) J
(e) Both b and c (e) None of these

33
33
33
33
 324. If Daisy is related to Lily and Dahlia is related to Direction (330-334): Study the following
Jasmine in a certain way, then which among the information carefully and answer the given
following is related to Tulip? below.
(a) Daisy (b) Jasmine Eight persons- P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sittingon a
(c) Lily (d) Dahlia rectangular table facing away from the center of the
(e) None of these table such that three persons sit on each longer side
Direction (325-329): Study the following while one person sits on each shorter side of the
information carefully and answer the given table. Also, they like different soups viz. Rice, Noodle,
Onion, Tomato, Miso, Cream, Corn and Pea. All the
below.
information is not necessarily in the same order. P
Certain number of persons are sitting in a linear row
likes onion and sits in the middle of the longer side.
facing towards the north. R sits fourth to the left of Q.
Two persons sit between P and U who does not like
O is an immediate neighbor of Q. As many persons sit
Miso. The one who likes Cream sits immediate right
between O and R as between O and P. U sits third to
of U. Q sits second to the left of the one who likes
the right of P and sits at one of the ends. The number
Cream. T likes Noodle and is an immediate neighbor
of persons sitting to the right of U is the same as the
of Q. R sits second to the left of T. The one who likes
number of persons sitting to the left of B. R sits
Tomato sits exactly opposite to R. S likes corn and
exactly in the middle of B and O. T sits third to the left
sits opposite to the one who likes Rice. W does not
of C. Neither T nor C sits adjacent to R and P.
like Tomato.
325. Who among the following person sits
330. What is the position of V with respect to the one
immediate left of Q?
who likes Rice soup?
(a) O (b) C
(a) Third to the right (b) Immediate right
(c) Not known (d) T
(c) Third to the left (d) Fourth to the right
(e) B (e) Sixth to the left
326. How many persons are sitting in the row? 331. ____ likes Cream soup.
(a) 17 (b) 13 (a) R (b) V
(c) 21 (d) 18 (c) W (d) Q
(e) 19 (e) None of these
327. If Y sits exactly in the middle of P and C, then 332. Find the odd one out?
how many persons sit between Y and R? (a) V-Miso (b) T-Pea
(a) Same as persons between B and T (c) Q-Corn (d) R-Cream
(b) Eight (e) U-Noodle
(c) Same as persons sit towards the left of Q
333. The person sitting second to the right of T likes
(d) Five
which of the following soup?
(e) None of these
(a) Corn (b) Rice
328. What is the position of O with respect to T? (c) Miso (d) Pea
(a) Immediate left (b) Third to the right (e) None of these
(c) Second to the right (d) Fourth to the left
(e) Second to the left
329. Which of the following statement is/are not true
with respect to the final arrangement?
(a) T sits adjacent to Q
(b) At least four persons sit between U and C
(c) Person who sits immediate right of R is not
known
(d) At most six persons sit between B and T
(e) All are true

34
34
34
34
 334. R likes ____ and sits second to the right of ____ 339. _____ is hanging immediately before Sari.
respectively. (a) Sock (b) Jean
(a) Miso, V (b) Pea, W (c) Top (d) Pant
(c) Pea, V (d) Miso, W (e) None of these
(e) Rice, S
Direction (340-344): Study the following
Direction (335-339): Study the following information carefully and answer the given
information carefully and answer the given below.
below. Eight boxes- A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are kept on two
Eight clothes- Pant, Shirt, T-shirt, Top, Jean, Kurta, different stacks viz. Stack X and Stack Y from west to
Sari and Sock are hanging on a wall one after another east respectively. Each stack contains four shelves
but not necessarily in the same order.Only two such that the bottommost shelf is numbered as 1 and
clothes are hanging before Pant. Only one cloth is the topmost shelf is numbered as 4. Box E is kept on
hanging between Pant and Sock. Only three clothes an even numbered shelf. Box B is kept two shelves
are hanging between Sock and T-shirt. Kurta is above box E and both are kept in the same stack. Box
hanging immediately after T-shirt. The number of B and box F are kept on the same shelf. Box D is kept
clothes hanging between Kurta and Pant is the same immediately below box F in the same type of Stack.
as the number of clothes hanging after Jean. Sari is Box G is kept towards the south of box A. Box C is
hanging immediately before Shirt. kept towards the east of box G. Box H and box G are
335. _____ is hanging immediately after Pant. not kept on the adjacent shelves.
(a) Sari (b) T-shirt 340. _____ is kept on stack Y of third shelf.
(c) Jean (d) Top (a) The box which is kept on the same shelf of
(e) None of these box C
336. Which among the following cloth (b) C
is/aredefinitely hanging before Top? (c) The box which is kept on the same shelf of
(a) Shirt (b) Kurta box A
(c) Jean (d) Sock (d) H
(e) Sari (e) None of these
337. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true 341. How many shelves are there above box C ?
with respect to the final arrangement? (a) Three
I. Kurta is hanging before Sari. (b) Same as shelves above H
II. Shirt and Jean are hanging consecutively. (c) None
III. Sock is hanging before Top. (d) Two
(a) Both II and III (b) Only I (e) None of these
(c) All I, II and III (d) Both I and II 342. Find the odd one out?
(e) None (a) DH (b) AE
338. How many clothes are hanging between Jean (c) GC (d) AH
and T-shirt? (e) FB
(a) Same as clothes hanging after Kurta 343. The number of shelves between boxes B and G
(b) Same as clothes hanging before Sari is the same as the number of shelves between
(c) Two box F and ___.
(d) Same as clothes hanging between Pant and (a) Box E (b) BoxC
Shirt (c) Box H (d) Box D
(e) None (e) None of these

35
35
35
35
 344. ____ box is kept immediately below box E in the 348. How many persons are booking the package
different stacks. between Z and V?
(a) C (b) G (a) Two (b) Three
(c) Six (d) Five
(c) H (d) A
(e) Four
(e) None of these
349. Who among the following person books the
Directions (345-349): Study the following
package two persons after W?
information carefully and answer the given (a) Q
below. (b) The one who books the package on October
Ten persons- Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z are booking 8th
the tour package on a website on two different dates (c) The one who books the package on
either 8 or 17 of different months- June, July, August, September 17th
September, and October of 2022. Only one person (d) U
books the tour package on each date of each month. (e) None of these
X books the package on an odd numbered date of the Directions (250-254): Study the following
month having 30 days. T books the package three information carefully and answer the given
persons before X. The number of persons booking below.
the package before T is one more than the number of Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G are going to Spa
persons booking the package after R. Q books the on different days of the week starting from Sunday to
package immediately before Z. Q books the package Saturday but not necessarily in the same order. Only
on an even numbered date. W books the package two one person goes to Spa on a day.
persons after Z. Only two persons are booking the B goes to the Spa three days after A. Only one person
package between W and S who books before V. Y is going to the Spa between A and C. As many persons
books the package before U. go to the Spa between C and B as between E and F. F
goes to the Spa on the adjacent day of A. G goes to the
345. Who among the following person books the tour
Spa before E. At least two days are between G and D.
package on August 17th?
(a) U 350. On which of the following day does A go to the
Spa?
(b) The one who books the package two
(a) Wednesday (b) Sunday
persons after U
(c) Saturday (d) Friday
(c) The one who books the package in the same
(e) None of these
month as T
(d) X 351. How many persons are going to the Spa
between E and the one who goes on Friday?
(e) S
(a) None (b) One
346. On which of the following month and date does (c) Two (d) Three
S book the package? (e) More than three
(a) July 17th (b) August 8th
352. Which of the following statement(s) is/are
(c) September 17th (d) October 8th false?
(e) None of these I. Two persons are going to the Spa between E
347. Four of the following five are alike in a certain and D
way based on their position in the given II. G goes to the Spa two days before F
arrangement and thus form a group. Who among III. As many persons go to the Spa after D as
the following one does not belong to that group? before E
(a) UR (b) TV (a) Only I (b) Both I and II
(c) YS (d) QX (c) Only III (d) All I, II and III
(e) RW (e) None of these

36
36
36
36
 353. Four of the following five are alike in a certain 357. In which of the following floor and flat does H
way based on their positions in the given live?
arrangement and so form a group. Which is the (a) Floor 2 Flat X (b) Floor 3 Flat Y
one that does not belong to that group? (c) Floor 4 Flat X (d) Floor 1 Flat Y
(a) G-Tuesday (b) A-Friday (e) None of the above
(c) E-Wednesday (d) D- Monday 358. Which of the following statement is/are false
(e) F-Thursday with respect to the final arrangement?
(a) F lives immediately below D
354. Who among the following one goes on Tuesday?
(b) Only one floor is between E and H
(a) E
(c) G lives on adjacent floor of H
(b) The one who goes to the Spa three days
(d) Both a and b
before C (e) None is true
(c) The one who goes to the Spa two days after
359. Which of the following pair of persons are living
E
in the same floor?
(d) D
I. DF
(e) None of these
II. GH
Directions (355-359): Study the following III. AC
information carefully and answer the given (a) Only I (b) Only II
below. (c) Both I and II (d) Both I and III
Eight persons-A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are living in two (e) None is true
different flats of a four-storey building, but not Directions (360-364): Study the following
necessarily in the same order. The lowermost floor is information carefully and answer the given
numbered as 1 and the floor immediately above it is below.
numbered as 2 and so on. The flat X of floor 2 is Six letters-J, K, L, M, N and O are placed on a
immediately above the flat X of floor 1 whereas the triangular shape cake facing outside. Each letter is
flat Y of floor 2 is immediately above the flat Y of floor decorated with different items such viz., Cherry,
1 and so on. Flat X is to the west of flat Y. Chips, Sprinkles, Berry, Chocolate and Tutti frutti but
D lives on an odd-numbered floor. At least one floor not necessarily in the same order.
Three letters are placed in the corners of the cake
is below D. The number of floors above D is one less
and three letters are placed in the middle of the sides
than the number of floors below F. F lives
of the cake. M is placed third to the right of N which
immediately above the flat of C. G who lives south-
is decorated with Tutti frutti. O is placed second to
west of B. A lives below D but above G. Neither C nor
the right of N. Only one letter is placed between M
B lives on the same type of flat as H. and K which is decorated with Cherry. The number
355. Who among the following person is living on the of letters placed between K and J is one less than the
fourth floor of Flat Y? number of letters placed between O and N when
(a) D (b) C counted from the right of both O and J. L is decorated
(c) H (d) B with Sprinkles and is placed second to the right of the
(e) None of these letter which is decorated with Chips. J is not
decorated with Chocolate. The letter which is
356. Who among the following person lives belown decorated with Berry is placed in the corner.
C’s flat?
360. How many letters are placed between L and O?
(a) A (b) D
(a) Two (b) Three
(c) E (d) H
(c) One (d) None
(e) None of these
(e) None of these

37
37
37
37
 361. Which of the following letter is placed second to 366. Who among the following person sits sixth to
the left of J?? the right of the one who sits opposite to P?
(a) The letter which is decorated with Berry (a) The one who sits immediate left of R
(b) The letter which is decorated with Cherry
(b) M
(c) The letter which is decorated with Chocolate
(c) The one who sits second to the left of Q
(d) The letter which is decorated with Chips
(e) Other than the given option (d) Q
(e) None of these
362. If all the letters are arranged in alphabetical
order from J in an anti-clockwise direction, then 367. How many persons sit between S and U when
how many letters remain unchanged in their counted from the left of S?
place including J? (a) Three
(a) One (b) Two (b) Six
(c) Three (d) Four
(c) As many persons between M and T
(e) None of these
(d) Five
363. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
(e) None
way and hence form a group. Which is the one
that does not belong to the group? 368. If all the people are made to sit in the
(a) KL (b) LM alphabetical order in a clockwise direction from
(c) OJ (d) JL M, then how many persons remain unchanged in
(e) MK their position excluding M?
364. Which of the following letter is placed fourth to (a) One (b) Two
the right of the letter which is decorated with (c) Three (d) Four
Sprinkles?
(e) None
(a) K (b) M
(c) N (d) J 369. What is the position of N with respect to V?
(e) None of these (a) Fourth to the right (b) Sixth to the left
Directions (365-369): Study the following (c) Third to the right (d) Both a and b
information carefully and answer the given (e) Both a and c
below.
Directions (370-374): Study the following
Ten persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are sitting
around a Pentagonal shaped table facing outside information carefully and answer the given below.
such that one person sits in each side of the table and Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G are sitting around
one person sits in each corner of the table. a circular table facing the center. Each of them likes
N, who sits third to the left of M and doesn’t sit in the different types of gemstones viz. Amber, Beryl,
corner of the table. One person sits between T and N. Diamond, Emerald, Pearl, Ruby and Quartz. All the
R sits fourth to the right of T and sits opposite to Q. information is not necessarily in the same order
Two persons sit between R and S. V sits adjacent to
Two persons sit between A and the one who likes
S. Only four persons sit between P and U. The
number of persons sitting between P and T is one Pearl. The one who likes Amber and the one who
more than the number of persons sitting between O likes Pearl sit adjacent to each other. D, who likes
and P when counted from the right of both P and O. Beryl, sits second to the left of the one who likes
O and T are not immediate neighbors. Amber. G, who doesn’t like Pearl and Quartz and is an
365. Four of the following five are alike in a certain immediate neighbor of both B and D. The one who
way and hence form a group. Find the one that likes Emerald sits third to the left of G. As many
doesn’t belong to that group. persons sit between F and C as between C and E. No
(a) PR (b) TV one sits between E and B when counted from the left
(c) MR (d) QS of E. The one who likes Ruby sits to the immediate
(e) NT
right of F.

38
38
38
38
 370. Which of the following gemstone is liked by G? to the left of D. As many persons sit between D and A
(a) Quartz (b) Ruby as between E and H when counted from the right of
(c) Diamond (d) Amber both A and E. B sits opposite to the one who sits
(e) None of these second to the left of H. F sits adjacent to the one who
371. How many persons sit between E and A when sits second to the left of G. At least one person sits
counted from the right of A? between G and A. C doesn’t face outside the table.
(a) One 375. Who among the following person sits second to
(b) As many persons between B and F when
the right of the one who sits immediate left of G?
counted to the left of F
(a) D (b) F
(c) As many persons between G and C when
(c) A (d) B
counted to the right of C
(d) Four (e) None of these
(e) None of these 376. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
372. Who among the following are immediate way and hence form a group. Find the one that
neighbors of the one who likes Pearl? doesn’t belong to that group.
(a) A and the one who likes Beryl (a) C (b) G
(b) B and the one who likes Diamond (c) H (d) A
(c) A and the one who likes Amber (e) E
(d) B and the one who likes Quartz 377. If H is related to D and G is related to C in a
(e) None of these
certain way, then who among the following is
373. Which of the following statement is/are true as related to E?
per the arrangement? (a) B
I. F likes Emerald (b) The one who sits immediate left of G
II. B likes Amber
(c) The one who sits immediate left of F
III. A likes Ruby
(d) F
(a) Only II (b) Both I and III
(e) None of these
(c) Only I (d) Only II and III
(e) All I,II,III are true 378. How many persons sit between A and H when
374. Four of the following five are alike in a certain counted from the right of H?
way as per the given arrangement and thus form (a) One (b) None
a group. Find the one that doesn’t belong to that (c) Two (d) Four
group. (e) None of these
(a) AD (b) EC
(c) DG (d) CF
(e) GE
Directions (375-379): Study the following
information carefully and answer the given
below.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting on a
square table such that four persons sit in the corners
of the table facing outside while four persons sit in
the middle of the sides of the table facing inside the
table.
Only three persons sit between A and E. E sits third

39
39
39
39
 379. Which among the following statement(s) is/are 382. How many persons are Junior to W?
false as per the final arrangement? (a) Six
I. C sits immediate left of H. (b) As many persons designated between Q and
II. E sits third to the right of F. R
III. G sits in the side of the table. (c) As many persons designated between X and
(a) Only I (b) Only I and II U
(c) Only II (d) Only II and III (d) Four
(e) All are true (e) Three

Directions (380-384): Study the following 383. On which of the following designation does V
information carefully and answer the given work?
below. (a) Clerk (b) Senior Manager
(c) Probationary officer (d) Manager
Ten persons-P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X and Y are working
(e) Assistant General Manager
in a private sector bank. They are working in
different designations in decreasing order are as – 384. Which of the following statement is false?
Chairman, Executive (a) S works as Manager
Director(ED), General Manager(GM), Deputy General (b) W works junior to R
Manager(DGM), Assistant General Manager(AGM), (c) Only four persons are designated between Q
Chief Manager(CM), Senior Manager(SM), Manager, and P
(d) Y works immediately senior to X
Probationary Officer(PO) and Clerk whereas
(e) More than Eight persons are senior to V
Chairman is the seniormost employee and clerk is
the juniormost employee. Directions (3985-389): Study the following
Only two persons are designated between P and S information carefully and answer the question
where S is junior to P. P is junior to the one who given below:
works as DGM. As many persons junior to S as senior Eight persons- A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H are getting
to W. Only three persons are designated between X married in two different months either January or
April of four different years- 2005, 2008, 2011, and
and W. T is three persons senior to X. V is
2014.
immediately senior to Q but junior to the one who
H gets married three persons before D. H does not
works as CM. The number of persons designated
get married in an even numbered year. As many
between U and Y is the same as the number of
persons get married before H as after G. A gets
persons junior to Y.
married three persons before F. H and A do not get
380. Who among the following person works as a married in the same year. As many persons get
Chief Manager? married between C and A as between B and H. C does
(a) V not get married after H. Both E and B do not get
(b) The one who is two persons senior to S married in the same month.
(c) P 385. Who among the following person gets married
(d) The one who is immediately junior to W in April 2011?
(e) X (a) E
381. Four of the following five are alike in a certain (b) C
way and thus form a group. Who among the (c) The one who gets married two persons after
following one does not belong to that group? A
(a) UT (b) YV (d) The one who gets married immediately
(c) SP (d) XW before B
(e) WY (e) D

40
40
40
40
 386. Four of the following five are alike in a certain 392. How many persons take off before N?
way based on their positions as per the given (a) One (b) Two
arrangement and thus form a group. Who among (c) Three (d) None
the following does not belong to that group? (e) Four
(a) The one who gets married immediately
before A 393. If all the persons are arranged in alphabetical
(b) The one who gets married immediately order from Sunday, then how many persons are
after E unchanged in their position?
(c) G (a) Two (b) Three
(d) F (c) Four (d) One
(e) D (e) None
387. How many persons get married before H? 394. Who among the following person takes off on
(a) 4 (b) 5 Friday?
(c) 2 (d) 3 (a) N
(e) No one
(b) O
388. In which of the following month and Year does (c) M
C get married? (d) The one who takes off two persons after K
(a) January 2005 (b) April 2005
(e) The one who takes off immediately before L
(c) January 2008 (d) April 2008
(e) April 2014 Directions (395-399): Study the following
389. Which of the following combination is true? information carefully and answer the question
(a) January 2008-A (b) January 2011-F given below:
(c) April 2011-B (d) April 2008 -C Six persons- U, V, W, X, Y, and Z are making the movie
(e) January 2014- E in different years- 2006, 2008, 2009, 2013, 2015, and
Directions (390-394): Study the following 2018 and they release the movie in different cities-
information carefully and answer the question Chennai, Coimbatore, Salem, Erode, Theni, and
given below: Madurai. All the information is not necessarily in the
Seven persons- I, J, K, L, M, N, and O takes off on same order.
different days of the week starting from Sunday to U makes two years before the one who releases in
Saturday but not necessarily in the same order. Coimbatore. Only one person makes between U and
I takes off two days before N. N takes off on neither the one who releases in Madurai. Y makes
Wednesday nor Friday. The number of persons takes immediately before the one who releases in Madurai.
off before I is one less than the number of persons
W makes three years before X. The one who releases
takes off after O. Only one person takes off between
in Theni makes two persons before X. Z makes
O and J. I and J does not take off on adjacent days. As
immediately before the one who releases in Salem.
many persons take off before K as after L. L does not
take off on an adjacent day of M. Neither Y nor U releases in Erode. Z is not released
his movie in Madurai and Erode.
390. On which of the following day does I take off?
(a) Wednesday (b) Tuesday 395. In which of the following year does Z make the
(c) Friday (d) Saturday movie?
(e) Monday (a) 2008 (b) 2009
391. Who among the following person takes off two (c) 2015 (d) 2013
days before M? (e) 2018
(a) K 396. In which of the following city does Y release the
(b) I
movie?
(c) The one who takes off on Wednesday
(a) Madurai (b) Erode
(d) The one who takes off on Thursday
(e) No one (c) Salem (d) Chennai
(e) Coimbatore

41
41
41
41
 397. Who among the following person releases the 402. Four of the five among the following are similar
movie in Theni? in such a way to form a group, who among the
(a) The one who makes the movie in 2015 following doesn’t belong to that group?
(b) The one who makes the movie in 2013 (a) NR (b) PQ
(c) U (c) OP (d) SO
(d) Y (e) MS
(e) X 403. If one of the neighbors of M is S then who among
398. Which of the following combination is true? the following person is the second neighbor?
(a) Y-2006 (b) 2018- Chennai (a) Q (b) N
(c) U-Theni (d) 2009-Coimbatore (c) R (d) The one who sits
(e) Salem-W immediate right of Q
399. Four of the following five are alike in a certain (e) The one who sits immediate left of L
way based on their positions as per the given 404. Who among the following person sits to the
arrangement and thus form a group. Which of the right of M?
following does not belong to that group? I. O
(a) U-Coimbatore (b) Y-Madurai II. Q
(c) V-Chennai (d) Z-Salem III. The one who sits immediate left of L
(e) W-Erode IV. R
(a) Only I and II (b) Only III and IV
Directions (400-404): Study the following
(c) Only I and III (d) Only II and IV
information carefully and answer the question
(e) All I, II, III and IV
given below:
Eight persons- L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, and S, are sitting in Directions (405-409): Study the following
a linear row but not necessarily in the same order. information carefully and answer the questions
Four of them face the north and four of them face the given below.
south. Not more than two persons are facing the Ten persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J are
same direction sit adjacent together. participated in a science exhibition in five different
R sits second to the left of P, both are facing the same months viz., March, May, September, November and
direction. Only two persons sit between P and Q. Q December on different dates either 15 or 26 in the
and R are not immediate neighbors. N sits immediate year 2021. Only one person participated on each
left of R. Q does not sit at the end of the row. L sits date of each month.
second to the right of M, both are facing the same G participated in an even numbered date of the
direction. M faces the opposite direction of R. Only month having 30 days. I participated immediately
four persons sit between L and O. The immediate after G. Only five persons participated between I and
neighbors of Q face the same direction. Q faces the B. A participated two persons after B. The number of
persons participated between A and G is one less
opposite direction of L. N does not face the south
than the number of persons participated between B
direction.
and H. Only four persons participated between H and
400. Who among the following person sits third to C. E participated two persons before J. D participated
the left of M? immediately before F.
(a) The one who sits second to the left of P
405. Who among the following person participated
(b) The one who sits immediate right of Q
in May month?
(c) N
(a) J
(d) L
(b) The one who participated two persons after
(e) V
D
401. What is the position of L with respect to R? (c) The one who participated two persons
(a) Second to the right (b) Second to the left before H
(c) Immediate left (d) Immediate right (d) Both a and b
(e) Third to the left (e) Both a and c

42
42
42
42
 406. How many persons participated between C and 410. Who among the following person likes Thriller
J? movies?
(a) One (b) Two (a) The one who sits opposite to K
(c) Three (d) Four (b) M
(e) More than four (c) N
407. Four of the following five are alike in a certain (d) The one who sits second to the left of K
way and thus form a group as per the given (e) The one who sits opposite to F
arrangement. Which of the following one does 411. What is the position of G with respect to the one
not belong to that group? who likes Mystery movies?
(a) B (b) G
(a) Third to the right (b) Second to the right
(c) H (d) I
(c) Third to the left (d) Second to the left
(e) F
(e) None of these
408. Who among the following person participated
412. Which of the following combination is true with
in a science exhibition on September 26th?
(a) The one who participated two persons after respect to the final arrangement?
H I. D-Action
(b) J II. M-Horror
(c) G III. L-Thriller
(d) The one who participated two persons (a) Only I and III (b) Only I
before I (c) Only II and III (d) Only II
(e) F (e) None of the statements is true
409. The number of persons participated before E is 413. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
the same as the number of persons participated way and thus form a group as per the given
after______ arrangement. Which of the following does not
(a) B (b) H belong to that group?
(c) D (d) F (a) G (b) M
(e) J (c) L (d) E
Directions (410-414): Study the following (e) N
information carefully and answer the questions 414. In which of the following movie genre does F
given below. like?
Eight persons are sitting in two parallel rows and
(a) Fantasy (b) Crime
facing each other such that in Row1, D, E, F and G are
(c) Mystery (d) Comedy
sitting and facing south while in row2, K, L, M and N
(e) Drama
are sitting and facing north. They like different movie
genres viz., Action, Comedy, Drama, Fantasy, Directions (415-419): Study the following
Mystery, Horror, Thriller and Crime, but not information carefully and answer the questions
necessarily in the same order. given below.
D faces towards the one who sits immediate left of Eight persons H, I, J, K, L, M, N and O were born on the
the one who likes comedy movies. D doesn’t sit at the same day of the same month in eight different years
end of the row. L sits second to the left of the one who 1990, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2004 and 2009.
likes comedy movies. G sits second to the right of the Their age was calculated based on the year 2021.
one who likes mystery movies and faces L. M sits J’s age was multiple of 3 but not the youngest person.
second to the right of N, who likes dramatic movies. M was born three persons before J. The difference
The one who likes Fantasy movies sits second to the between the ages of M and I is 4. As many persons
right of the one who faces M. F sits opposite to K and born after I as born before L. Only two persons were
sits adjacent to the one who likes action movies. The born between L and O. H was elder than N but
one who likes horror movies sits opposite to E. L younger than K.
doesn’t like crime movies.

43
43
43
43
 415. Who among the following person was the third 420. Who among the following person sits second to
eldest? the left of T?
(a) J (b) O (a) O
(c) H (d) M (b) The one who sits second to the left of O
(e) None of these (c) The one who sits immediate right of F
416. Who among the following person was born in (d) F
2004? (e) None of these
(a) The one who was born immediately before 421. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
N way and hence form a group. Find the one that
(b) M doesn’t belong to that group.
(c) N (a) W (b) F
(d) The one who was born immediately after M (c) C (d) T
(e) J (e) O
417. How many persons were born before L? 422. What is the position of R with respect to C?
(a) One (b) Two (a) Second to the left (b) Third to the right
(c) Three (d) Four (c) Fourth to the left (d) Third to the left
(e) More than four (e) Fourth to the right
418. Four of the following five are alike in a certain 423. If W and T are interchanged in their position
way and thus form a group. Find the one which then who among the following person sits third
does not belong to that group? to the right of T?
(a) I (b) O (a) The one who sits immediate left of F
(c) K (d) N (b) C
(e) M (c) The one who sits second to the left of O
(d) Both a and b
419. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true?
(e) Both b and c
(a) K was born in an odd numbered year
(b) Only two persons were elder to J 424. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true?
(c) M was born after H (a) Only two persons sit between H and F
(d) L was the youngest person among all (b) O sits second to the left of H
(e) L was the youngest person among all (c) W and K are adjacent to each other
(d) H sits second to the left of O
Directions (420-424): Study the following (e) All is true
information carefully and answer the questions
given below. Ten people A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J are seated in
Eight persons C, F, H, K, O, R, T and W are sitting in a two parallel rows such that five persons are seated
straight line equidistant from each other but not in each row but not necessarily in the same order.
necessarily in the same order. Some of them are Persons seated in row 1 are facing towards the east
direction while persons seated in the row 2 are
facing south while some of them are facing north. Not
facing towards the west direction. Therefore, in the
more than two persons facing the same direction sit
given seating arrangement persons seating in row 1
adjacent together.
are facing and sitting opposite to the persons seating
T sits third to the left of K, who doesn’t sit at the end
in row 2 and vice versa. J sits at one of the extreme
of the row. Only two persons sit between T and O,
ends and sits three places away from the one who
who faces north. R sits adjacent to neither K nor T but
faces E. B faces the one who sits to the immediate left
faces the same direction as K. C sits second to the left
of E. Only one person sits between B and F, who faces
of K. Immediate neighbours of R face opposite
C. G sits second to the left of C and is sitting adjacent
directions to each other. H sits second to the right of
to the one who faces D. F is not sitting adjacent to D.
C. T and C face the same direction. W sits second to
Neither A nor H sits at the extreme ends. H neither
the right of F, who doesn’t sit at the end of the row.
faces west nor sits adjacent to G.

44
44
44
44
 425. Who among the following sits opposite to A? 430. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
(a) Person who sits immediate left of B way and thus form a group as per the given
(b) D arrangement. Which of the following one does
(c) E not belong to that group?
(d) Person who faces C (a) D (b) C
(e) Either F or J (c) F (d) A
(e) E
426. Who sits 2nd to the left of G?
431. How many persons sit to the right of I?
(a) Person who sits opposite to D
(a) One
(b) A
(b) As many persons to the left of C
(c) The one who faces B (d) J
(c) Three
(e) None of these (d) As many persons to the left of H
427. Who sits immediate left of H? (e) No one
(a) C (b) I 432. If E is related to A and B is related to F in a
(c) B (d) F certain way, then who among the following
(e) None of the above person is related to L?
428. Who sits exactly between the one who faces B (a) The person who sits to the immediate left of
and the one who faces J? K
(a) The one who faces D (b) The person who sits to the immediate right
of E
(b) C
(c) The person who sits to the immediate left of
(c) Can’t be determined
E
(d) G
(d) D
(e) The one who sits immediate left of I
(e) Both C & D
429. Four of the following five are related to each 433. Who among the following person faces A?
other in some way and thus formed a group. (a) D
Choose the one which does not belong to that (b) The one who sits to the immediate right of I
group? (c) G
(a) F (b) H (d) The one who sits second to the left of E
(c) G (d) B (e) None of these
(e) J 434. How many persons sit between J and the one
Twelve persons are sitting in two parallel rows. The who faces D?
persons in row 1 - B, D, E, G, I, and K are facing (a) One (b) Two
towards south and the persons in row 2 - A, C, F, H, J, (c) Three (d) Four
and L are facing towards north, but not necessarily in (e) No one
the same order. The person, who faces D, sits third to
the right of A. Only one person sits between A and H.
G sits second to the right of B, where neither of them
faces A nor sits on the extreme ends of the row. C sits
on the extreme end of the row but doesn’t face D.
Only one person sits between L and F, who neither
sits adjacent to C nor A. K sits to the right of I but
neither faces C and L nor sits on the extreme ends of
the row.

45
45
45
45
 Six persons- I, J, K, L, M, and N are sitting on the Eight fans - A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are kept around a
circular table facing the center. They are using square table such that four fans are kept on the
different types of bags- Birkin, Kelly, Clutch, Saddle, corners and facing towards the centre while four of
Duffel, and Hobo but not necessarily in the same the fans are kept in the middle of the sides and facing
order. L sits second to the left of the one who uses away from the centre. They belong to different
Hobo bags. The one who uses Hobo bags and the one brands viz., Usha, Havells, Kenstar, Bajaj, Cello,
who uses Clutch bags are immediate neighbors. J sits Orient, Voltas and Crompton, but not necessarily in
opposite to the one who sits immediate right of I. J the same order. B is kept third to the right of the
neither uses Hobo nor Clutch. The one who uses Kenstar fan. Only three fans are kept between H and
Birkin sits second to the left of I. The one who uses D, which is not kept in the middle of the sides. E
Saddle sits immediate left of the one who uses Duffel. belongs to Voltas brand and is kept immediate right
of H. Neither D nor H belongs to Kenstar brand. The
L neither uses Duffel nor Kelly. Either J or M uses
Crompton fan is kept second to the right of D, which
Kelly. N does not use Clutch.
belongs to Havells. C is kept second to the left of the
435. Who among of the following person sits Havells fan. The Bajaj fan is keptthree places away
immediate right of I? from the Havells fan. G is kept opposite to Bajaj fan.
(a) The one who uses Birkin F faces the fan which is kept immediate right of the
(b) The one who sits second right of K Orient fan. The Cello fan is not kept adjacent to A.
(c) The one who sits immediate left of L 440. Which of the following fan is kept second to the
(d) The one who uses Hobo left of A?
(e) K (a) C (b) B
436. Which of the following bag does K use? (c) A (d) E
(a) Clutch (b) Hobo (e) None of these
(c) Duffel (d) Kelly 441. Which of the following fan is kept exactly
(e) Saddle between G and the Cello fan, when counted from
437. Which of the following combination is true? the left of G?
(a) N- Clutch (b) K- Kelly I. The fan which is kept opposite to H.
(c) J- Birkin (d) M- Saddle II. The fan which is kept immediate right of C.
(e) I- Hobo III. The fan which is kept second to the right of
H.
438. Which of the following statement is true?
(a) Only (I) (b) Only (II)
I) M sits second to the left of the one who uses (c) Only (II) and (III) (d) Only (III)
Saddle (e) All (I), (II) and (III)
II) K sits immediate right of I
442. What is the position of B with respect to the
III) I uses Duffel
Orient fan?
(a) Only II (b) Only I and III
(a) Third to the left (b) Second to the right
(c) Only III (d) All I, II, and III
(c) Fourth to the right (d) Second to the left
(e) None of these
(e) None of the above
439. Who among the following person uses Hobo
443. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
bag? way as per the given arrangement and hence
(a) The one who sits immediate left of L form a group. Find the one that doesn’t belong to
(b) The one who sits second to the right of M that group
(c) K (a) The Usha fan (b) The Cello fan
(d) The one who sits third to the right of I (c) The Voltas fan (d) The Bajaj fan
(e) N (e) The Orient fan

46
46
46
46
 444. How many fans are kept between D and the 449. If I sits second to the left of R, then how many
Bajaj fan, when counted from the left of D? persons sit between I and S?
(a) None (b) One (a) As many persons sit between Q and R
(c) Two (d) Three (b) Ten
(e) More than three (c) As many persons sit to the right of B
A certain number of persons are sitting in a straight (d) As many persons sit between J and R
line such that all of them are facing towards North. (e) Thirteen
Not more than 22 persons are there in the row. Only Six persons- R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting around a
eight persons sit between P and R. J sits third to the triangular table in such a way that three persons are
left of P. Only five persons sit between J and O. O does sitting in the corners facing inside whereas three
not sit exactly between J and R. C sits immediately persons are sitting in the middle of the sides facing
left of O. Only four persons sit between C and S. The outside. Each person likes different chat items viz.
numbers of persons sittingbetween S and P is the Sevpuri, Dahipuri, Bhelpuri, Panipuri, PavBhaji and
same as the number of persons sittingbetween P and Kachori. R who doesn’t like Sevpuri sits second to the
T. Only three persons sit between T and B. M sits at right of the one who likes PavBhaji. Only two persons
the end of the row. Q sits exactly between B and M. sit between the one who likes PavBhaji and Dahipuri.
Not more than two persons sit between M and R. U sits opposite to the one who likes Kachori and
445. What is the position of Q with respect to P? facing inside. W likes neither Panipuri nor Sevpuri. S
(a) Fourth to the right (b) Fifth to the left sits second to the left of T and likes Bhelpuri. V is an
(c) Ninth to the right (d) Seventh to the left immediate neighbor of S butdoesn’t like PavBhaji.
(e) Sixth to the right 450. U likes which among the following chat item?
446. How many persons sit between M and J? (a) Kachori (b) Bhelpuri
(a) As many persons sit to the right of T (c) Sevpuri (d) Panipuri
(b) Fifteen (e) Dahipuri
(c) As many persons sit to the left of Q 451. Who among the following person sits third to
(d) Twelve the left of the one who likes Dahipuri?
(e) As many persons sit between S and R (a) S
447. The number of persons sitting between C and B (b) The one who likes PavBhaji
is the same as the number of persons sitting to (c) U
the right of ____. (d) The one who likes Kachori
(a) The one who sits third to the left of T (e) T
(b) B 452. Who among the following person sits to the
(c) The one who sits fourth to the right of S immediate right of R?
(d) T (a) V
(e) The one who sits exactly between Q and B (b) The one who likes Panipuri
448. If the position of O and Q are interchanged, then (c) The one who likes Bhelpuri
who among the following person sits fourth to (d) The one who likes Dahipuri
the right of Q? (e) U
(a) Not known 453. Who among the following person likes Kachori?
(b) The one who sits fourth to the left of P (a) W (b) T
(c) The one who sits sixth to the right of C (c) R (d) U
(d) The one who sits second from the left end (e) V
(e) The one who sits second to the left of J

47
47
47
47
 454. If T is related to W and S is related to R in a 459. Who among the following person sits third to
certain way, then who among the following the left of the one, who sits second to the left of
person is related to U? T?
(a) S (a) G
(b) The one who likes PavBhaji (b) A
(c) V (c) The one who sits immediate right of F
(d) The one who likes Kachori (d) The one who sits third to the right of X
(e) Both C & D (e) None of the above
Eight persons – P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting in
A certain number of persons are sitting around the
the square table such that all of them are facing
circular table facing towards the center. X sits fourth
towards the center. Four persons are sitting in the
to the right of the one who sits second to the left of T.
middle of the sides of the table and four persons are
Only two persons are sitting between X and G. Only
sitting at the corner of the table. All the information
one person sits between A and the person who sits is not necessarily in the same order. P sits second to
second to the left of X. The number of persons sitting the left of V, who sits at one of the corner of the table.
between F and A is the same as the number of W sits either to the immediate right or to the
persons sitting between A and X. M sits fourth to the immediate left of P. S sits opposite to the one who sits
right of G but not immediate left of F. At least two second to the left of R. R sits in the middle of the sides
persons are sitting between F and G. The number of of table. S is neither the immediate neighbor of V nor
persons sitting between M and X is the same when P. T is the immediate neighbor of either of P or U, but
counted from either the left or right side of both. not the both. Q sits second to the left of U.
455. How many persons are sitting around the 460. In which of the following combination both the
circular table? persons are facing towards each other?
(a) 13 (b) 17 (a) UR (b) WS
(c) 16 (d) 14 (c) PQ (d) TV
(e) 15 (e) RP

456. If W sits exactly in the middle of M and G, then 461. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
what is the position of W with respect to X? way and hence form a group. Who among the
following person does not belong to that group?
(a) Fifth to the right (b) Sixth to the right
(a) S
(c) Fifth to the left (d) Third to the left
(b) The one who sits to the immediate right of V
(e) Fourth to the left
(c) The one who sits second to the right of W
457. How many persons are sitting between A and G? (d) W
(a) More than six (b) Two (e) Q
(c) Three (d) Four
(e) Six
458. If G and X interchanges their position and then
X and M did the same, then who among the
following person sits third to the left of M?
(a) The one who sits second to the left of F
(b) The one who sits third to the right of A
(c) G
(d) X
(e) A

48
48
48
48
 462. Who among the following person sits opposite 466. Which of the following sweets does X like?
to U? (a) Jamun (b) Jalebi
(a) V (c) Halwa (d) Kajukatli
(b) The one who sits second to the right of P (e) Ladoo
(c) The one who sits third to the left of S
467. What is the position of V with respect to the one
(d) The one who sits to the immediate left of R
who likes Jalebi?
(e) All of the above
(a) Third to the right (b) Immediate left
463. If all the persons are arranged in alphabetical (c) Immediate right (d) Second to the left
order in the clockwise direction with respect to (e) Second to the right
P, then how many persons remain unchanged in
468. Who among the following person likes Halwa?
their position (Excluding P)?
(a) One (b) Two (a) The one who sits third to the right of U
(c) Three (d) More than three (b) W
(e) None (c) U
(d) The one who sits second to the right of V
464. Who among the following person sits opposite
(e) The one who sits immediate left of W
to the one who is third to the left of Q?
(a) The one who sits to the immediate right of W 469. How many persons are sitting to the left of the
(b) P one who likes Mysore Pak?
(c) W (a) As many persons are sitting to the right of Z
(d) The one who sits to the immediate left of U (b) Three
(e) T (c) Four
Six persons- U, V, W, X, Y, and Z are sitting in the (d) Five
linear row facing the north. They like different (e) As many persons are sitting between X and
sweets- Jamun, KajuKatli, Mysore Pak, Halwa, Ladoo, Z
and Jalebi but not necessarily in the same order. The Eight persons - L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, and S are sitting on
one who likes Jalebi sits third to the left of W, neither the square table such that all of them are facing
of them sits at end of the row. Z sits immediate left of towards the center. Four of them sit in the middle of
W. Only one person sits between Z and X. The the sides and four of them sit at the corner of the
number of persons sits to the left of X is the same as table. The consecutive alphabetically named persons
the number of persons sits to the right of the one who doesn’t sit adjacent to each other. P sits third to the
likes Mysore Pak. V sits second to the left of the one left of N who does not sit in the middle of the table.
who likes Ladoo. V neither likes Jalebi nor Halwa. Y
One person sits between N and L. Both Q and L are
neither likes Jalebi nor Ladoo. Neither Y nor X likes
immediate neighbors. The number of persons sitting
Halwa. The one who likes KajuKatli sits second to the
between P and Q is the same as between Q and S. M
right of the one who likes Halwa. X does not like
sits second to the left of the one who sits to the
Kajukatli.
immediate right of O.
465. Which of the following combination is true?
470. Who among the following person sits opposite
I. V- Jamun
to O?
II. Z- Halwa
III. Y- Ladoo (a) The person who sits to the immediate left of
IV. X- KajuKatli N
(a) Only I and II (b) Only III and IV (b) The person who sits second to the left of Q
(c) Only I and III (d) Only II and IV (c) R
(e) Only II and III (d) M
(e) L

49
49
49
49
 471. Who among the following person sits in the 475. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
middle of the table? way and hence form a group. Find the one that
I. O doesn't belong to that group.
II. The person who sits to the immediate right of (a) Glass (b) Marble
N (c) Tiles (d) Brick
III. The person who sits to the immediate left of (e) Concrete
L
476. How many floors are there between the tiles
IV. Q
floor and the marble floor?
(a) Only I and IV (b) Only I and III
(c) Only III and IV (d) Only II and III (a) One (b) Two
(e) All I, II, III and IV (c) Three (d) More than three
(e) None
472. How many persons sit between O and S, when
counted from the left of O? 477. If Brick is related to floor 5 and Wood is related
(a) None (b) Four to floor 1 in a certain way, then which of the
(c) Three (d) Two following material is related to floor 3?
(e) One (a) Tiles (b) Marble
473. Four of the following five are alike in a certain (c) Granite (d) Glass
way and hence form a group. Which of the (e) None of these
following one does not belong to the group? 478. Which of the following floor is made of Glass?
(a) OQ (b) MN (a) Floor 6 (b) Floor 5
(c) SQ (d) QP (c) Floor 9 (d) Floor 3
(e) LR (e) None of these
474. Which of the following statement is/are false 479. Using which of the following material does floor
with respect to the final arrangement? 4 was built?
I. One person sits between P and O, when (a) Lamination (b) Wood
counted from the right of O. (c) Marble (d) Concrete
II. S sits opposite to L. (e) None of these
III. No one sits between R and O.
IV. Both Q and M are immediate neighbors. Seven persons P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are working in
(a) Only II and III (b) Only III and IV different mobile companies among Apple, Vivo,
(c) Only I and II (d) Only II and IV Micromax, Oppo, Oneplus, Samsung, and Xiaomi in
(e) None of the statements are false different positions as Tester, Developer, Analyst,
Team Lead, DBA, Project Head, Vice President. All the
Nine floors of a building are made of nine different
above information is not necessarily in the same
flooring materials viz. Brick, Carpet, Concrete, Glass,
Granite, Lamination, Marble, Tiles and Wood, but not order. R does not work in Xiaomi but works as a
necessarily in the same order. The lowermost floor is Project Head. U does not work as Team lead but
numbered as 1 and the floor immediately above it is works in Samsung. S works in Oneplus and works as
numbered as 2 and so on. Only four floors are there Developer. P works in Vivo but not as Tester. The
between the brick floor and the concrete floor which one, who works in Xiaomi works as Team lead and
is immediately above the Carpet floor and below the the one who works in Micromax works as Tester. V
brick floor. The number of floors above the Carpet doesn’t work in Oppo and Xiaomi. The one, who
floor is one more than the number of floor below the works in Samsung, works as DBA and the one who
tiles floor. Only two floors are there between the tiles works in Apple works as an Analyst. Q works as
floor and the wood floor. The number of floors Tester but not in Xiaomi.
between the wood floor and the concrete floor is the 480. What is the position of V?
same as the number of floors between the carpet (a) Analyst (b) Team Lead
floor and the lamination floor. One of the even (c) DBA (d) Project Head
numbered floors is made of granite floor and is (e) Vice President
immediately above the marble floor.

50
50
50
50
 481. Who works in Apple? 486. Who lives immediately below Q’s flat?
(a) R (b) S (a) None of these
(c) T (d) U (b) The one who likes Orange
(e) V (c) The one who likes Watermelon
482. Who among the following person works as the (d) The one who likes banana
Vice President? (e) The one who likes Mango
(a) P (b) S 487. Which of the following statements is/are true
(c) T (d) U regarding R?
(e) V I) R likes Watermelon
483. Who is the Tester of Micromax? II) R lives on the second floor
(a) P (b) Q III) R lives in flat B
(c) T (d) U IV) R likes Guava
(e) V (a) Both I and II (b) Only IV
484. Find the odd one out? (c) Only III (d) None is true
(a) Analyst -V (b) Team Lead -Apple (e) Only II
(c) DBA -U (d) Project Head -R 488. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
(e) Vice President -Vivo way thus forms a group. Find the one which does
Eight persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, N, and W are living in not belong to the group?
two different flats i.e. flat A and flat B of a four storey (a) P- Grapes (b) N- Papaya
building such that the lowermost floor is numbered (c) U – Mango (d) R- Banana
as 1, the floor immediately above it is numbered as 2 (e) Apple- T
and so on but not necessarily in the same order. Flat
489. Who among the following persons is/ are living
A is to the west of flat B. All the persons like different
in Flat A?
fruits namely- Guava, Papaya, Mango, Apple,
I) P
Watermelon, Grapes, Banana and orange but not
necessarily in the same order. The one who likes II) Q
orange lives to the west of the one who likes banana III) W
which is liked by S. There are two floors between the IV) U
one who likes grapes and Banana. The one who likes (a) Both I and II (b) Both II and III
grapes lives in flat B. The one who likes Guava lives (c) All I, II and III (d) Both III and IV
two floors above the one who likes papaya and both (e) Both I and IV
are living in the same type of flat as P. Those who like
Mango and Papaya live on the same floor. Only One
floor is between N and U, who likes papaya. P lives
just above T’s flat. Both W and Q live in the same type
of flats but none of them likes watermelon. Q does
not live on an even numbered floor.
485. The one who likes watermelon lives just above
to ____ and both live in the same type of flat?
(a) The one who likes Orange
(b) None of these
(c) The one who likes Guava
(d) The one who likes Grapes
(e) U

51
51
51
51
 Seven speakers viz. Boat, Bose, Dynaudio, Focal, JBL, Nine boxes- P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W and X are kept one
Klipsch and Quested are sold in different days from above another in the nine different shelves but not
Monday to Sunday of the same week, but not necessarily in the same order. The lowermost shelf is
necessarily in the same order. More than three numbered as one and the topmost shelf is numbered
speakers are sold after the day on which JBL is sold. as nine. P is kept three shelves above the box which
Only two speakers are sold between JBL and Klipsch, has kept immediately above R. Only one box is kept
which is sold immediately before Dynaudio. The between P and U which is kept above P. U is kept on
number of days after the day on which Klipsch is sold an odd number position. The numbers of boxes kept
is the same as the number of days before the day on
above U is the same as below V. T is kept adjacent to
which Focal is sold. Only one speaker is sold between
R. Q is kept immediately above S. The number of
Focal and Bose. Boat is sold before Quested but not
boxes kept between Q and U is same as between X
on the first day of the week.
and W. X is not kept adjacent to V.
490. If Focal is related to Klipsch and Bose is related
to Quested, then which of the following speaker 495. Which of the following box is kept on three
is related to Dynaudio? boxes above T?
(a) Boat (a) Box U
(b) JBL (b) Box S
(c) The one which sold on Sunday (c) The box which is kept two shelves below Q
(d) The one which sold on Monday (d) The Box which is kept immediately above W
(e) None of these (e) Box R
491. How many days are there between which 496. If all the boxes are arranged in alphabetical
Dynaudio and Quested were sold? order from top to bottom, then how many boxes
(a) One (b) Two are unchanged in its position?
(c) Three (d) More than three (a) One (b) Two
(e) None (c) Four (d) None
492. Which of the following speaker was sold on the (e) Three
last day of the week? 497. Which of the following box is kept adjacent to
(a) Dynaudio (b) Quested each other?
(c) Focal (d) Klipsch
I. SU
(e) None of these
II. WR
493. Which of the following statement is/are true III. PW
with respect to the final arrangement? (a) Only II and III (b) Only III
(a) Only two speakers are sold between Boat (c) Only I and III (d) Only II
and Bose
(e) None of the statement is false
(b) None of the speakers are sold after Dynaudio
(c) More than two speakers are sold before 498. How many boxes are kept between Box R and
Focal Box X?
(d) Boat and Quested are sold on consecutive (a) Four (b) Three
days (c) Two (d) Five
(e) None of these (e) None of the above
494. In which of the following day Boat was sold? 499. How many boxes are kept above box X?
(a) Tuesday (b) Friday (a) More than five (b) Five
(c) Saturday (d) Thursday (c) Three (d) Two
(e) None of these (e) None

52
52
52
52
 Eight boxes contain different fruits viz. Apple, the age of the one who likes Horse. Age of E is 18
Apricot, Berry, Grapes, Jack, Melon, Orange, and Pear, years but neither like Horse nor likes Dog. Ages of G
but not necessarily in the same order. The lowermost is 21 years but neither likes Dog nor Rat. The
box is numbered as 1 and the box immediately above difference in ages the one who likes Rat and the C is
is numbered as 2 and so on. The number of boxes a perfect cube. E neither likes Horse nor Tiger. F
above Jack is one less than the number of boxes neither likes Rat nor likes Tiger. The age of the one
below Jack, which is placed three boxes away from who likes Dog is not an even number.
Apricot. Only one box was placed between Apricot 505. What is the age of the one who likes the Rat?
and Pear. Apple was placed in an even-numbered (a) 18 (b) 9
box and immediately above Berry but not adjacent to (c) 13 (d) 36
Jack. The number of boxes above Berry is one more (e) None of these
than the number of boxes below Grapes. At least two
boxes were placed between Orange and Melon which 506. Which of the following statement is/are
is not placed above Orange. nottrue?
I) The one who likes Dog is of 13 years.
500. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
II) G likes Tiger and his age is 18 years.
way and hence form a group. Find the one that
III) C likes Horse, whose age is 9 years.
doesn’t belong to that group?
(a) Orange (b) Apple (a) Only III (b) Only II
(c) Apricot (d) Berry (c) Both I and III (d) Both I and II
(e) Pear (e) None of these

501. Which of the following fruit was placed exactly 507. What is the sum of the ages of G and the one who
between Jack and Grapes? likes Dog?
(a) Pear (b) Melon (a) 49 years (b) 27 years
(c) Apricot (d) Orange (c) 39 years (d) 34 years
(e) Cannot be determined (e) None of these
502. How many boxes are there between Orange and 508. Which of the following combination is not true?
Apricot? (a) G – Rat (b) F – 13
(a) One (b) Two (c) D – 54 (d) E – cat
(c) Three (d) More than three (e) C – 9
(e) None 509. Age of who among the following person is 13
503. In which of the following box does Grapes was years?
placed? (a) The one who likes Cat. (b) F
(a) Box 7 (b) Box 1 (c) The one who likes Rat. (d) D
(c) Box 3 (d) Box 5 (e) Both b and c
(e) None of these
There are eight friends- Richa, Sunil, Shikha, Shikhar,
504. Which of the following fruit was placed Kabir, Kavita, Manju and Manoj are of different ages-
immediately above Apricot? 14, 22, 26, 16, 19, 18, 23 and 25 but not necessarily
(a) Melon (b) Orange
in the same order. Shikha’s age is a perfect square.
(c) Pear (d) No such box
Difference between the ages of Shikha and Shikhar is
(e) None of these
9 years. Difference between Kabir and Manoj’s age
Seven persons namely – A, B, C, D, E, F, and G from &Manoj and Richa’s age is same i.e. Four. Richa’s age
different ages viz.- 9, 13, 18, 21, 27, 36, and 54 years. is not divisible by both 7 and11. Kavita and Kabir’s
Each likes different animal viz.- Cat, Tiger, Deer, age difference is 7 years. Difference between Shikha
Horse, Dog, Rat, and Cow. All the information is not and Sunil’s age is 2 years. Sum of the ages of Manoj
necessary in the same order. D likes Cow and his age
and Manju is a perfect square.
is an even number. A likes Deer and his age is thrice

53
53
53
53
 510. What is the age of Kavita? 516. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true?
(a) 18 (b) 25 I) D is the COO
(c) 19 (d) 2 II) No one is designated between B and F
(e) 14 III) H is senior to F
IV) C is not the Junior Assistant
511. What is the difference between the ages of Kabir (a) Only (I) and (II) (b) Only (I) and (IV)
and Shikhar? (c) Only (II) and (III) (d) Only (II) and (IV)
(a) 8 (b) 10 (e) All (I), (II), (III) and (IV)
(c) 12 (d) 11 517. How many persons are senior H?
(e) 9 (a) As many persons designated junior G
512. How many persons are younger than Richa? (b) One
(a) Three (b) Four (c) Three
(d) As many persons designated between B and
(c) Five (d) Two
G
(e) She itself youngest (e) None
513. Whose age is 23 years? 518. As many persons senior to D as junior to ____.
(a) Manju (b) Sunil (a) The one who is immediately senior to C
(c) Manoj (d) Kabir (b) The one who is designated as a Project
(e) Cannot be determined Manager
(c) The one who is designated as Team Leader
514. Who is the youngest and the eldest person
(d) C
respectively? (e) F
(a) Richa; Kabir (b) Kavita; Richa
519. If all the persons are arranged in alphabetical
(c) Manju; Kabir (d) Richa; Manju
order from President, then how many persons
(e) None of the above remain unchanged in their position?
Eight persons-A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H are working in (a) More than three (b) None
the same company with different designations. The (c) Three (d) Two
designations are in decreasing order as President, (e) One
Vice president, Chief Operating Officer(COO), Senior Eight persons- G, H, I, J, K, L, M and N are taking Earn
Project Manager, Project Manager, Team Leader, leave (EL) on two different dates either 8th or 19th
Assistant, and Junior Assistant where President is of four different monthsJanuary, April, July, and
September of the same year, but not necessarily in
the seniormost designation. G is junior to the person
the same order. K takes the leave on an odd date of
who is a Project Manager. The number of persons
the month which has an odd number of days. Only
junior to G is the same as the number of persons one person takes the leave between K and I. Only two
senior to D. Only three persons are designated persons take the leave between I and H. Neither H
between D and E. F is two positions senior to H.H is nor L takes the leave in January. L takes the leave
neither a Project manager nor a Team Leader. The immediately before N who takes the leave on an odd
number of persons designated between F and H is date. The number of persons takes the leave between
the same as the number of persons designated L and K is one more than the number of persons
between D and B. B is not designated as a Project takes the leave between H and M. J takes the leave
one of the days before G.
Manager. A is senior to C. Neither A nor E is a Team
leader. 520. Who among the following person takes the
leave on April 8?
515. E is designated in which of the following (a) J
position? (b) The one who takes the leave immediately
(a) Senior Project Manager after G
(b) Project Manager (c) I
(c) Team leader (d) The one who takes the leaveimmediately
(d) Assistant before K
(e) Junior Assistant (e) M

54
54
54
54
 521. How many persons take the leave before H? 525. Which of the following combination is true?
(a) None (a) Q-Bulldog (b) O-Pointer
(b) As many persons takes the leave between G (c) P-Sarabi (d) N-Poodle
and M (e) M-Samoyed
(c) Three 526. Which of the following statement is/are true
(d) As many persons takes the leave between H with respect to L?
and I I. L and N are living on the odd number floor.
(e) One II. Two floors are between M and L.
522. Which of the following month and date does I III. L has Samoyed
take the EL? (a) Only I and III (b) Only III
(a) July 8 (b) January 19 (c) Only I and II (d) Only II
(c) January 8 (d) September 19 (e) None of these
(e) September 8 527. On which of the following floor does Q live?
523. As many persons takes the leave before G as (a) 3 (b) 6
after ____. (c) 5 (d) 2
(a) J (b) H (e) 4
(c) L (d) The one who takes 528. Who among the following person lives on floor
the leave on September 8 number four?
(e) The one who takes the leave on September (a) M
19 (b) The one who has Bulldog
524. If all the persons are arranged in alphabetical (c) The one who has Poodle
order from January 8, then how many persons (d) The one who has Sheltie
remain unchanged in their position? (e) P
(a) Three (b) Two 529. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
(c) None (d) One way. Who among the following one does not
(e) Four belong to the group?
Study the following information carefully and (a) M
answer the below questions. (b) The one who has Bulldog
Six persons- L, M, N, O, P, and Q are living in the six (c) O
storey building. The lowermost floor is numbered as (d) The one who has Samoyed
one and the topmost floor is numbered as six. They (e) P
are having different breeds of dogs- Bulldog, Pointer,
Samoyed, Sarabi, Sheltie, and Poodle but not
necessarily in the same order. N has Pointer who
lives two floors above the one who has Sarabi. The
one who has Sarabi does not live on an even number
floor. Q lives two floors above the one who lives three
floors below M. The one who has Sheltie is living two
floors below M. L lives adjacent floor of N. Neither M
nor Q has Samoyed. The one who has Samoyed is
living above the one who has Sarabi but not lives on
the topmost floor. P has neither Sheltie nor Samoyed.
The number of people who live between O and the
one who has Bulldog is the same as between L and O.

55
55
55
55
 Answer the questions based on the information Eight persons Frank, Raymond, Jack, Jerry, Kyle, Carl,
given below. Terry and Joe are having cars of different companies
Nine different shopping apps viz. AJio, Amazon, eBay, such as Mazda, Volvo, Dodge, Honda, Toyota, Nissan,
Flipkart, Jabong, Myntra, OLX, Paytm and Snapdeal Chevrolet and Mercedes but not necessarily in the
are listed best in different years from 2012 to 2020, same order. All of them like different color cars. Kyle
has Dodge company's car and likes Pink color. The
but not necessarily in the same order. eBay is the
one who has Nissan company's car likes White color.
best app in one of the leap years immediately after
Raymond has Toyota company's car. Carl likes
the year in which Flipkart is announced the best.
Purple color car. Joe has Mazda company's car but
Only two years are there between the years in which does not like either Blue or Red. The one who has
Flipkart and Myntra are announced the best. OLX is Honda company's car likes Orange color. Jerry
the best app four years after AJio was announced the neither likes Blue nor Yellow. Terry does not like
best and both the apps are best in odd years. either Mercedes company's car or Chevrolet
Snapdeal is announced the best two years before the company's car. The one who has Volvo company's
year in which Jabong is announced the best. Paytm is car likes Blue color. The one who has Mercedes
the best app in an even year before Amazon. company's car does not like Red color. Jack likes Red
color car. Frank has neither Volvo company's car nor
530. In which of the following year does Paytm was
Honda company's car. Joe does not like Yellow color
announced the best? and Jack does not have Volvo company's car. One of
(a) 2013 (b) 2014 the cars is of Violet color.
(c) 2018 (d) 2016
535. Who likes Nissan company's car?
(e) 2012 (a) Frank (b) Jack
531. Which of the following app is announced the (c) Jerry (d) Terry
best exactly between Myntra and Snapdeal? (e) Joe
(a) Flipkart (b) Paytm 536. The one who has Mazda company's car likes
(c) eBay (d) OLX which of the following colors?
(e) None of these (a) Orange (b) Red
(c) Blue (d) White
532. How many apps are announced the best
(e) Violet
between AJio and Amazon?
537. Which of the following combinations is correct?
(a) One (b) Two
(a) Frank-Nissan-Yellow
(c) Three (d) More than three
(b) Jerry-Honda-Orange
(e) None
(c) Jack-Honda-Orange
533. Which of the following app is announced the (d) Joe-Mazda-Yellow
best in 2018? (e) Raymond-Toyota-White
(a) Myntra (b) Amazon 538. Who has mercedes company's car?
(c) Snapdeal (d) Flipkart (a) Temmy (b) Joe
(e) Paytm (c) Carl (d) Frank
(e) Raymond
534. Which of the following app was announced the
best three years before Paytm? 539. Which of the following persons likes red color
(a) Myntra (b) AJio car?
(a) Frank (b) Kyle
(c) Flipkart (d) eBay
(c) Terry (d) Jack
(e) No such app
(e) Jerry

56
56
56
56
 There are eight sports academies in Delhi, ranked Six persons M, N, O, P, Q, R are going to a casino and
from 1 to 8, in such a way that the best one is ranked they wear shirts of different colours viz. Blue, Black,
1, second best as 2 and so on. Also there are eight Red, Green, Yellow, White. They carry some cash in
different players of these academies namely, A, B, C, their wallets- Rs. 500, Rs.400, Rs.300, Rs.900, Rs.600,
D, E,F, G and H, each one of them plays one of the Rs.800. They will also meet their friends at the casino
following sports- Hockey, Football, Rugby, Table whose names are A, B, C, D, E and F. N wears the shirt
Tennis, Cricket, Chess, Basketball and Volleyball but of Green colour. The person who wears White
not in the same order. B plays from the academy coloured shirt is the friend of A. The person who has
ranking 4 and plays Chess. The one who plays from
Rs.600 is D’s friend. O has Rs. 500 and the person
the academy ranking 1 plays Hockey and the one
who wears Blue coloured shirt is E’s friend and has
who plays from academy ranking 6 plays Football.
Rs. 300 in the wallet. N is not the friend of D. Q has
Both Basketball and Cricket are not played by any of
Rs.400 in his wallet. P wears Yellow colured shirt. M
the players of the academies ranking 1 and ranking
2. C’s academy is one spot ahead of D but one spot and F are friends. D’s friend doesn’t wear Red
lower than G. C plays Volleyball. The one who plays coloured shirt. The person who is B’s friend wears
from academy ranking 5 plays Cricket and F does not Black colured shirt. A’s friend doesn’t have Rs. 500
play Cricket. H plays from an academy whose rank is and M doesn’t have Rs. 900.
higher than that of B and plays Basketball. A plays 545. Which of the following amounts does M have in
Table Tennis and plays from academy ranking 2. G his/her wallet?
does not play Cricket. (a) Rs. 300 (b) Rs. 800
540. Which of the following sports is played by F? (c) Rs. 500 (d) Rs. 600
(a) Rugby (b) Hockey (e) Can't be determined
(c) Either A or B (d) Basketball
546. C's friend is wearing shirt of which of the
(e) Can't be determined
following colours?
541. Which of the following sports is played by the (a) Yellow (b) White
player from the academy ranked second least? (c) Red (d) Green
(a) Basketball (b) Table Tennis (e) None of these
(c) Rugby (d) Volleyball
(e) None of these 547. Who among the following wears black coloured
shirt?
542. Which of the following combinations is not true?
(a) M (b) P
(a) E - 5 - Cricket (b) G - 6 - Football
(c) H - 3 – Basketball (d) F -1 – Hockey (c) R (d) N
(e) C - 7 - Rugby (e) None of these

543. Four of the following five are alike in some way 548. Which of the following combinations is
and hence form a group. Which is the one that correctly matched?
does not belong to the group? (a) M - F - 600 (b) N - Green – 800
(a) A (b) D (c) R - Blue – 300 (d) P - A – White
(c) C (d) B (e) All are correct
(e) G
544. Who among the following plays Rugby?
(a) F
(b) G
(c) The one who plays from the academy
ranking 8
(d) The one who plays from the academy
ranking 8
(e) None of these

57
57
57
57
 549. Who among the following is B's friend? 553. Which among the following statements is
(a) O (b) P definitely true?
(c) R (d) S (a) Hirthik and Niranjan were born in the
(e) Who among the following is B's friend? month having 30 days.
Eight friends namely Prathap, Hirthik, Kathir, (b) There is a gap of six months between the
Laxman, Niranjan, Ranjan, Jawahar and Farhad were birth months of Farhad and the one who
born in different months among January, March, belongs to Chennai.
(c) Hirthik and Niranjan belong to Punjab and
April, July, September and November. Three persons
Hyderabad respectively.
were born in same month. Each of them belongs to
(d) One who belongs to Delhi and the one who
different cities like Kolkata, Delhi, Chennai, Goa,
belongs to Kolkata were born in same
Bangalore, Punjab, Hyderabad and Noida. All the
month.
above information is not necessarily in the same
(e) None of these
order. The one who belongs to Punjab was born in
the month having less than 31 days. Kathir belongs 554. Which among the following combinations is/are
to Kolkata. Prathap and Niranjan were born in same true?
month. Persons who belong toa and Delhi were born I. Niranjan and the one belongs to Hyderabad
in November. Laxman belongs to Bangalore and he were born in the month having 31 days.
was born in the month having 31 days but not in II. One who belongs to Hyderabad was born in
March. Farhad belongs to Noida and he was born in January.
April. The one who belongs to Kolkata was born in III. Niranjan belongs to Punjab
the month having 30 days after July but before (a) Only I (b) Only III
November. The one who belongs to Hyderabad was (c) Only II and III (d) Only I and II
born in month having 31 days before April. Ranjan (e) All I, II and III
was born in July and he belongs to Chennai. Jawahar Eight boxes – P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W were placed in
belongs to Goa and Niranjan doesn’t belong to Delhi. an almirah of eight shelves. The bottom shelf was
numbered 1 and the topmost shelf was numbered 8.
550. Who among the following was born in the
Each of these boxes contained different amount of
month of November?
Sugar – 25 kg, 20 kg, 17 kg, 10 kg, 8 kg, 5 kg, 2 kg and
(a) The one who belongs to Kolkata
1 kg but not necessarily in the same order. Box V was
(b) The one who belongs to Bangalore
placed at one of the even numbered shelves and
(c) Jawahar
contained 17 kg of Sugar. The box which was placed
(d) Laxman
on 6th shelf contained 10 kg of Sugar. Box Q was
(e) None of these
placed immediately below the box which contained
551. Who among the following persons was born in 8 kg of Sugar and immediately above the box which
the month having 31 days? contained 2 kg of Sugar. Box R was not the lightest
(a) Prathap (b) Kathir and Box U, was the heaviest. Box R was placed above
(c) Hirthik (d) Both option a and b the shelf on which Box U was placed but not on the
(e) Both option b and c even numbered shelf. Box P, contained 20 kg of
552. Who among the following persons belongs to Sugar, and was placed either at the top or bottom
Hyderabad? shelf. There are three boxes between Box U and Box
(a) Prathap (b) Niranjan S and Box S was placed below the shelf on which Box
(c) Hirthik (d) Either option a or c U was placed. T was placed immediately above the
(e) None of these box which was heaviest.

58
58
58
58
 555. How many box(es) were placed above the box 560. Which courses did Charlie opt for in his MBA?
which contained 25 Kg of Sugar? (a) Operations (b) Marketing
(a) None (b) One (c) HR (d) Logistics
(c) Two (d) Three (e) B. Tech
(e) More than three
561. What is the educational qualification of Delta
556. What amount of Sugar was contained by Box Q? and what is the course he opted for?
(a) 8kg (b) 1kg (a) B.Sc. and Marketing
(c) 5kg (d) 2kg (b) BBM and HR
(e) None of these (c) B.Com and general management
557. How many boxes were placed between the box (d) Cannot be determined
which contained 5 kg of Sugar and the box which (e) None of these
contained 1 kg of Sugar?
562. If Echo joined DAVIET, then the student who
(a) More than three (b) None
joined UBS, opted for:
(c) One (d) Two
(a) Finance
(e) Three
(b) HR
558. Which of the following combinations is correct? (c) General Management
(a) 7 – R – 8 Kg (b) 1 – P – 20 Kg (d) Marketing
(c) 2 – Q – 1 Kg (d) 6 – V – 17 Kg (e) Logistics
(e) None is correct
563. Which of the following persons joined IIMA?
559. Four of the following five are alike in some way
(a) Bravo (b) Charlie
and hence form a group. Which of the following
(c) Foxtrot (d) Delta
is the one that does not belong to the group?
(e) None of these.
(a) V (b) Q
(c) R (d) U 564. Which of the following collages is joined by one
(e) T who is B.A graduate?
Alex, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo and Foxtrot joined (a) IIMA (b) JBIMS
six different colleges – UBS, SP JAIN, DAVIET, JBIMS, (c) SP JAIN (d) IIMA
IIMA and IIMB and opted for six different courses in (e) None of these
management – Marketing, Finance, Operations, HR, First 15 natural numbers are written from bottom to
Logistics and General Management. Each of them has top. The letters of the word 'SCORE' are written in
a different educational qualification out of B. Tech, alphabetical order against the multiples of 3 such
B.Sc, B.Com, C.A, BBM and BA. The following that one letter is written against one number from
information is available about them: • Delta joined bottom to top. Only three numbers are left blank and
SP JAIN and did not take up Marketing or Logistics against rest of the numbers, letters viz. X, Y, Z, D, J, K
and is not a B. Tech. • The person who joined IIMA and L were written against rest of the numbers not
opted for HR and is not a C.A or B.Sc. • Foxtrot is a C.A necessarily in the same order. Only three letters
and has taken Finance management. • The person, were written between Y and E. L was written against
who is a B.A graduate, joined JBIMS and took the number which is the highest odd prime number
Logistics. Whereas, the person, who is a B.Com among the given numbers. The bottom most number
graduate, took up General Management. • The was not left blank. X was written at a gap of two
person, who is a B. Tech graduate, has taken places from L. D and X were adjacent. J was
Operations Management and did not join UBS or immediately above Y. Two blank positions were not
DAVIET. • Alex joined IIMB, Charlie is B.A graduate consecutive. K was written exactly between E and J.
and Bravo took up HR. Number of places above and below Z were same.

59
59
59
59
 565. What is the sum of the numbers against which 571. Which among the following statements is true?
letters Z and K are written? (a) Only one box is placed between Box M and
(a) 14 (b) 12 the box which has 175 balls.
(b) Box U and the box which has 165 balls are
(c) 18 (d) 10
placed not adjacent to each other.
(e) None of these (c) The box which has 180 balls is placed
566. Four of the following five are alike in a certain immediately above the box which has 165
way and thus form a group. Which of the balls.
(d) No boxes are placed between the box P and
following does not belong to the group?
Box L.
(a) 10 (b) 9
(e) None is true
(c) 12 (d) 4
572. In certain way Box P is related to 119 balls, Box
(e) 7 L is related to 165 balls and in same way, which
567. How many letters are written below 'X'? among the following box is related to 180 balls?
(a) 5 (b) 3 (a) Box M (b) Box U
(c) 8 (d) 7 (c) Box R (d) Box P
(e) None of these
(e) None of these
573. If box O is placed immediate above of box P then
568. Which letter placed in 11 number place? box O is placed in which number rack?
(a) O (b) S (a) Fifth (b) Ninth
(c) C (d) X (c) Seventh (d) Sixth
(e) D (e) None of these
574. Box K has how many balls in it ?
569. What is the multiplication of the numbers
(a) 175 (b) 119
against which letters E and R are written? (c) 190 (d) 210
(a) 72 (b) 96 (e) None of these
(c) 150 (d) 110 Eight persons – Babu, Tara, Mony, Gopi, Radhe,
(e) 120 Rinky, Daya and Piku, were born in the different
Six boxes are placed one above the other in a rack. months – July, August, September and October, not
necessarily in the same order and these persons
The lowermost rack is numbered as one and above is
were born on either 13th or 20th of these months
two and so on. Each box has different number of
such that the male members were born on even
balls. Box P is placed immediately above Box R. Only numbered dates and the female members were born
one box is placed between the boxes having 175 and on the prime numbered dates. Each of these persons
165 balls. Box U has 210 balls. Box L is placed above was related to Babu in the following manner –
Box M but neither of the boxes is placed in the brother, sister, wife, son, mother, father and
topmost rack. Box which has 119 balls is placed daughter, again not necessarily in the same order.
Babu's brother was born just after Piku. Piku and
immediately above the box which has 190 balls.
Daya were born at a gap of 3 persons. Babu's father
Three boxes are placed between Box R and the box was born in July. Babu and Gopi were born in
has 180 balls. Box which has 175 balls is placed consecutive months but not on consecutive turns.
immediately above the box, which has 180 balls. Two Mony was born after Babu's sister at a gap of 1
boxes are placed between the box which has 190 person. Number of persons who were born after
balls and Box K. Rinky was twice as that of the number of persons
who were born before Tara. Neither Rinky nor Tara
570. What is the average number of balls in the was the last to be born. Babu's mother was born
boxes, which are placed in even numbered racks? either in September or October Babu's son was born
(a) 168 balls (b) 158 balls just before Babu's daughter. Radhe was either the
(c) 153 balls (d) 164 balls brother or father of Babu Daya was not the first to be
born.
(e) None of these

60
60
60
60
 575. How many person(s) were born between Babu’s immediate right of T. The age difference between S
son and Babu’s father? and Q is one year less than the age difference
(a) None (b) One between R and Q. The age of Q is less than the age of
(c) Two (d) Three P’s spouse.
(e)More than three
580. What is the age of the one who sits second to the
576. Four of the following five are alike in some way right of P’s spouse?
and hence form a group. Which of the following (a) 30 (b) 45
is the one that does not belong to the group? (c) 25 (d) 34
(a) Gopi (b) Daya (e) None of these
(c) Babu (d) Radhe
581. How many persons are seated between Q’s
(e) Rinky
spouse and S’s spouse when counted to the right
577. If the names of these persons are arranged
of Q’s spouse?
according to the order of the dictionary starting
(a) Two (b) One
from 13th of July then what would be the date
(c) None (d) Three
and month in which Babu’s mother was born?
(e) Four
(a) 20th September (b) 13th August
(c) 13th October (d) 20th August 582. What is the sum of the age of S, T, and R?
(e) 20th September (a) 92 (b) 97
578. How is the one who was born in a month with (c) 96 (d) 83
even number of days but not on even numbered (e) 86
date was related to the one who was born in the 583. Four of the following are alike in a certain way.
same month as Babu? Which of the following one does not belong to the
(a) Uncle (b) Father group?
(c) Son (d) Niece (a) T
(e) Mother (b) The one whose age is 25
579. How many person born between Gopi and Piku? (c) The one whose age is 39
(a) 4 (b) 3 (d) The one who sits second to the right of T’s
(c) No one (d) 5 spouse
(e) None of these (e) The one who sits immediate left of Q
Six persons- P, Q, R, S, T, and U in which three are 584. P’s age is__ years.
married couples are sitting at the circular table (a) 30 (b) 45
facing the centre but not necessarily in the same (c) 25 (d) 34
order. They are of different ages. The couples are not (e)None of the above
sitting together. In couples, the husband's age is
more than the wife’s age. U sits second to the left of
the one whose age is 34. U and the spouse of Q are
sitting adjacent to each other. Q sits immediate right
of the one who sits opposite to the person whose age
is 45. Q does not sit adjacent to U. P sits immediate
right of the one who is the husband of U. P is not the
spouse of Q. S is the male who sits opposite to the one
whose age is 25. The age of T is three years more than
S’s spouse. Neither S nor R is the spouse of Q. U’s
spouse age is five years more than the one who sits

61
61
61
61
 Study the following information and answer the reach stoppage S5 and stoppage S6 respectively.
questions below: From stoppage S6 Bus 1 takes a left turn and travels
585. Below questions consists of some statements in for 9m to reach stoppage S7 which is 12m towards
three columns. Study the following information north of stoppage S8. Bus 2 travels for 6m from the
carefully and answer the question. depot towards the south to reach stoppage S9, which
Which of the following combination gives “L > is 10m east of stoppage S10. From stoppage S10 Bus
G” is definitely true and “M < K” is definitely 2 takes a left turn and travels for 13m to reach
false? stoppage S11. Now again Bus2 takes a left turn and
travels for 19m to reach stoppage S12, which is 11m
south of stoppage S13.
Bus depot management decides to provide some
additional names to each stoppage based on certain
conditions:
I. If the stoppage is to the northwest or southeast of
the depot then assign name X.
(a) Both CPZ and BRY (b) Only ARY II. If the stoppage is to the southwest or northeast of
(c) Only CQX (d) Both AQZ and CPZ the depot then assign name Y.
(e) None of these III. If the distance between two consecutive
586. Below questions consists of some statements in stoppages reached by the bus is a prime
two columns. Study the following information number, then assign the name W to the second
carefully and answer the question. stoppage reached by the bus.
Which of the following combination gives “G > IV. If the distance between two consecutive
L” is definitely false? stoppages reached by the bus is a multiple of
three but not a multiple of four, then assign the
name Z to the first stoppage reached by the bus.
V. If the distance between two consecutive stoppages
reached by the bus is a multiple of four, then
assign the name T to the first stoppage reached
by the bus.

(a) Only BQ (b) Only CQ 587. What is the shortest distance between the final
(c) Both CP and BR (d) Both AR and CP position of both buses?
(e) None of these (a) 5m (b) 12m
(c) 9m (d) 8m
Study the following information and answer the
(e) None of these
questions below:
Two buses viz. Bus 1 and Bus 2 start from the same 588. Which of the following stoppages are allocated
depot for two different routes. The stoppages of each name as Y?
route assigned some names. Bus1 starts towards the (a) S10, S11, and S7 (b) S7, S9, and S11
west from the depot and travels for 8m to reach (c) S5, S12, and S11 (d) S10, S11, and S9
stoppage S1. From stoppage S1 Bus1 takes a right (e) None of these
turn and travels for 5m to reach stoppage S2. 589. What is the position of S5 with respect to the
stoppage S3 is 7m towards the west of stoppage S2. depot?
From stoppage S3 Bus1 travels for 13m towards the (a) West (b) Northeast
north to reach stoppage S4. From stoppage S4 Bus1 (c) North (d) Northwest
takes two consecutive right turns of 15m and 6m to (e) None of these

62
62
62
62
 In each of the following questions, two rows of ‘Nutrela weight gaining habit’ is coded as ‘%H@12
numbers are given. The resultant number in each %Z#8 $Y#9 %N@14’
row is to be worked out separately based on the ‘Sugar protein calorie herbs’ is coded as ‘$W#1
following Conditions and the questions below the %U@9 $L#9 %X@2’
rows of numbers are to be answered. The operation ‘Natural material cause vitamin’ is coded as ‘%S@1
of numbers progresses from left to right. The given %J@19 %T#1 %U@9’
conditions are applicable only when the inequality ‘Choice makes balanced nutrition’ is coded as ‘$K@3
conclusions are definitely true. $X#5 $L@5 $W#15’
Conditions: ‘Best capsule health items’ is coded as ‘%L@12
I. If an even number is followed by an odd number, $X#13 %N#20 $X@19’
then both numbers are to be multiplied. /A>D 592. What is the code for the phrase ‘Class Reopen’
II. If an even number is followed by another even in the given code language?
number, then both numbers are to be added. (a) %W@19 %S#17 (b) $S@5 %X#15
/B>E (c) $T@5 %X@19 (d) %T@4 $Y@5
III. If an odd number (but not a prime number) is (e) None of these
followed by an even number, then the difference
593. Which of the following word is coded as
between both numbers is obtained. /F>C
“%M#7” in the given code language?
IV. If an odd number (but not a perfect square) is
(a) Passage (b) Manage
followed by another odd number, then the unit
(c) Arrange (d) Language
digit of the two numbers are to be multiplied.
(e) None of the above
/D>B
V. If a prime number is followed by an even number, 594. What is the code for the phrase ‘Light House’ in
then the unit digit of the two numbers are to be the given code language?
added. /G>A (a) %D@5 $X#11
VI. If a perfect square number is followed by an odd (b) %J@19 %Y@8
number, then divide the first number by the (c) $x@8 %G#14
second number. /E>C (d) Cannot be determined
(e) None of the above
590. If the sum of the resultants of the two rows is
440. Then find the value of X. Study the following information carefully and
23 48 35 answer the given questions.
12 34 X In a certain code language following statements
B > G ≥ Y ≥ M; E< T ≤ A = D < M; U ≥ I >E are coded as follows:
(a) 98 (b) 123 “Perfect Driver Safety Release Counter” is coded as
(c) 76 (d) 86 “%8G %12G @10E &8V $12U”
(e) Cannot be determined “Clint Party Manual Define Campaign” is coded as
“@4P *9C $9P #15I &4R”
591. Find the value of X*Y?
“Poverty Crown Mobile Several Bought” is coded as
81 9 = X
“&10V #4Y _ (A) __ *12C @8J”.
33 38 = Y
“Action Polar Count Flight Service” is coded as “%6C
M ≤ F < R ≤ E; M > B ≥ H = T < N; J < C ≤ T
@6P #9Q _ (B) _ $12E”.
(a) 81 (b) 75
(c) 105 (d) 45 595. Code of which of the following word is incorrect
(e) Cannot be determined in the bold highlighted codes?
(a) Clint - @4P (b) Define - $9P
Study the following information carefully and
(c) Party - &4R (d) Campaign - #15I
answer the below questions.
(e) None of these
In a certain code language,

63
63
63
63
 596. What comes in place of _ (B) _? 601. Conclusions:
(a) @5J (b) $6M I. No Tree is Creeper
(c) @7F (d) &5U II. Some Shrubs are Tree is a Possibility
(e) None of these III. Some Herbs are not Climber
Statements:
597. What is the code of “Safety Release”?
I. Only a few Shrubs are Climber, All Climbers
(a) &8V $12U (b) %12G &8R
are Tree, No tree is Herb, Some Creepers
(c) $12Q @4L (d) @4L $12Q
are Herb
(e) None of these
II. All Shrubs are Climber, Some Climbers are
598. Which of the following combination of codes are Creeper, Only a few Creepers are Herb,
not true? Some Herbs are not Tree
(a) Perfect - @10E (b) Action - #9Q III. All Trees are Herb, Only a few Herbs are
(c) Define - $9P (d) Several - &10R Shrub, Only Shrub is Climber, Some
(e) Bought - @8J Creepers are Shrub
In the given questions, certain symbols have been IV. Some Trees are Herb, Only a few Herbs are
used to indicate the relationships between different Shrub, Only Shrub is Creeper, No Climber is
Shrub
elements in the statements followed by some
V. Some Climbers are Creepers, Only a few
conclusions as follows. Find the conclusion(s) which
Creepers are Shrub, No Shrub is Herb, All
is/are definitely true.
Herbs are Tree
“P@Q” means “P is not less than Q”.
(a) All Follow
“P%Q” means “P is not greater than Q”. (b) Only IV follows
“P$Q” means “P is neither greater than nor equal to (c) Both II and IV follow
Q”. (d) Both IV and V follow
“P#Q” means “P is neither less than nor equal to Q”. (e) None Follows
“P&Q” means “P is neither less than nor greater than
602. Conclusions:
Q”.
I. All Monsoons is winter
599. Statements: II. All Summer being spring is a possibility
P#L%M#X, L@H$T, H#W@S III. Some Winter is not autumn
Conclusion: Statements:
I. S$P I. Only a few Spring is Summer, Some Summer is
II. M@H Winter, No Autumn is Winter, All Autumn
III. T#X is Monsoon
(a) Both conclusions I and III are true II. Some Winter is Autumn, All Autumn is
(b) Only conclusion II is true Summer, No Summer is Monsoon, Only a
(c) Both conclusions I and II are true few Spring is Monsoon
(d) Only conclusion III is true III. No Monsoon is Spring, Some Spring is
(e) None is true Winter, Only a few Winter is Autumn, Only
Autumn is Summer
600. Statements:
IV. All Monsoon is Winter, Some Winter is
W#U%F$T, F$M&V%X, U@G$S@B Autumn, Only a few Autumn is Spring, No
Conclusion: Spring is Summer
I. X@U V. Some Autumn is Summer, Only a few Summer
II. T#G is Spring, No Spring is Monsoon, No Winter
III. V$W is Monsoon
(a) Both conclusions I and III are true (a) Both I and V follow
(b) Only conclusion III is true (b) Both II and IV follow
(c) Both conclusions I and II are true (c) Both I and III follow
(d) Only conclusion II is true (d) All follow
(e) None is true (e) None follows

64
64
64
64
 Study the following information carefully and 606. What comes in the blank space respectively
answer the given questions. such that P is the daughter-in-law of M?
D&4%G27#E^38>LM@5A£6O9¥ P_G@T_H!K%Q; H*M_T!L
Step I: All such symbols which are immediately (a) $, %, and # (b) $, &, and #
preceded by a vowel and immediately followed by a (c) %, % and $ (d) $, % and &
number, are to be placed immediate right of ‘L’ in the (e) #, $ and #
same order from left to right.
607. Which of the following correctly represents B is
Step II: All such letters which are immediately
the brother-in-law of F?
preceded by a symbol and immediately followed by
(a) M#B*L%F@Q (b) F@M*Q$L%B
a number are to be placed in alphabetical order to
the immediate right of ‘2’. (c) A&B*M@Q$F (d) Both a and b
Step III: All such numbers which are immediately (e) Both a and c
preceded and immediately followed by the same Study the following information and answer the
element type are to be placed immediate right of ‘^’ given questions.
in ascending order. There are two rows in each question. To find out the
Note: Step 1 is followed by step II and step II is results of a particular row, the below conditions are
followed by step III
to be followed. The operations of numbers progress
Step III is the final step of the given input and answer
from left to right.
the questions below based on the final step.
Condition 1: If an even number is followed by a non-
603. If all the letters immediately followed by prime even number, then both numbers are to be
symbols are dropped, then which of the
added.
following element is twelfth from the left end?
Condition 2: If an even number is followed by a
(a) M (b) #
prime number, then both numbers are multiplied.
(c) 4 (d) 8
(e) None of these Condition 3: If an odd number is followed by an even
number which is a multiple of 4, then that even
604. Find the odd one out.
number and the square value of that odd number are
(a) E3# (b) 65@
(c) %7G (d) M@O to be added.
(e) 84^ Condition 4: If an odd number is followed by
another odd number, then subtract both numbers.
Study the following information carefully and
(Ignore the negative sign)
answer the given questions.
“A@B” means “A is the daughter of B”. Condition 5: If an even number is followed by a non-
“A&B” means “B is the father of A”. prime odd number, then multiply the first digits of
“A%B” means “A is the sister of B”. each number’s square value.
“A#B” means “B is the son of A”. Condition 6: If an odd number is followed by an even
“A$B” means “A is the mother of B”. number which is not a multiple of 4, then the larger
“A*B” means “B is the wife of A”. number is divided by the smaller number and the
“A!B” means “A is the brother of B”. quotient is taken as a resultant.
605. If P@J*U, then how J is related to M and how 608. What is the product of the square value of the
many female members are there in this family? resultant of both rows?
K%G$L, U&M, U@T%L@V 26 16 33
(a) Son-in-law and Five
27 12 62
(b) Father-in-law and Six
(a) 100 (b) 169
(c) Brother-in-law and Five
(c) 144 (d) 121
(d) Son-in-law and Six
(e) Father-in-law and Four (e) 131

65
65
65
65
 609. If X is the resultant of Row 1, then what will be Only vada is Kheer
the product of the resultants of both Rows? Few Kulfi is Laddoo
37 13 28 No Laddoo is Halwa
51 22 X Conclusions:
(a) 2808 (b) 2818 I. B>R; All Kulfi can be Halwa
(c) 2718 (d) 2708 II. V≥Q; All vada can never be Laddoo
(e) None of these (a) Only conclusion I follows
Study the following statements and then decide (b) Either conclusion I or II follows
which of the given conclusions logically follows (c) Only conclusion II follows
from the given statements disregarding the (d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows
commonly known facts. (e) Both conclusions I and II follow

610. Statements: Study the following information carefully and

V ≥ E = D>L; O<V ≤ F = X; Q = O ≤ T>B answer the given questions.
Only a few watches are ties “A % B (37)” means “A is 22m north of B”
Some ties are not socks “A # B (18)” means “A is 26m east of B”
All socks are rings “A @ B (25)” means “A is 13m south of B”
Some rings are cap “A & B (48)” means “A is 25m west of B”
Few caps are purse If “A %# B” means “A is northeast of B”
Conclusions: Statement:
I. F>B; All Ties can never be Ring U%V (33); Q#R (8); S@Q (36); P@R (24); W#V (9);
II.X>L; All rings can be tie Q&V (44); T&U (50); Y@W (31).
(a) Only conclusion I follows 613. If X&T (33) then what is the direction and
(b) Only conclusion II follows shortest distance of X with respect to R?
(c) Either conclusion I or II follows (a) South, 18m (b) North, 18m
(d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows (c) South, 16m (d) North, 16m
(e) Both conclusions I and II follow (e) None of these
611. Statements: 614. What is the direction of T with respect to S?
T ≤ R<E<W; T ≥ A ≤ F>D; M>N>W = Z (a) T%S (b) T@&S
Some stumps are balls (c) T%&S (d) S@&T
Only a few balls are Helmet (e) S%#T
All Helmets are shoes 615. If K@#T and K@U, then what is the direction of
Only Shoe is bat K with respect to V?
No shoe is a Glove (a) East (b) North
Conclusions: (c) West (d) South
I. T<M; No bat is Ball (e) Either b or d
II. E>F; All shoes can never be stump
(a) Only conclusion I follows
(b) Only conclusion II follows
(c) Either conclusion I or II follows
(d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows
(e) Both conclusions I and II follow
612. Statements:
B >J = P ≥ S = F; L<Q = R ≤ N<S; X ≤ N ≤ V
Only a few burfi is Kulfi
All Burfi is vada

66
66
66
66
 Study the following information carefully and 620. What is the product of numbers which are sixth
answer the given questions. from the right end in step 2 and eleventh from
In a certain code language following statements are the left end in step 3?
coded as follows: (a) 24 (b) 10
“Burn Are More Empty Close” is coded as “#%+ (c) 56 (d) 18
@%¥ #$¥ @^* @^¥”. (e) 20
“Went All File Above Equal” is coded as “@^¥ @^©
621. How many alphabets are immediately followed
#$£ #%£ #%¥”.
by symbol in step 3?
“Blue Copy Age Down Today” is coded as “@%+ #$¥
(a) None (b) One
@^+ @^* @^¥”.
(c) Two (d) Three
Note: (All the given codes are three symbols codes
only) (e) More than three

616. Which of the following phrase is coded as “#$¥ 622. How many alphabets are immediately preceded
#%£”? and immediately followed by numbers in step 2?
(a) Age Equal (b) Down Empty (a) None (b) One
(c) Are Equal (d) Both A and C (c) Two (d) Three
(e) None of these (e) More than three
617. What may be the code of “Run Today Away”? Answer the questions based on the information
(a) @%* @%+ #^+ (b) @$* #%* #^+ given below.
(c) @$* @%+ #^+ (d) Either A or B # means - east, left, right
(e) None of these @means - west, right, left
618. What is the code of “Empty File”? % means - west, right, north
(a) #*^ @^£ (b) #%+ @^¥ A#B (10m) means Ravi moves 10m to the east from
(c) #*^ @^+ (d) @%^ #^¥ point A then turns left and moves 10m then he turns
(e) None of these right and moves 10m to reach point B
Study the following information carefully and A#B (5m); B@C (3m); C%D (4m)
answer the questions given below: 623. What is the direction of D with respect to A?
&F63N©9KTQ5C#8B%7DS@H4WL (a) South-west (b) North
Step 1: The numbers which are immediately (c) South-east (d) North-west
preceded by a symbol and immediately followed by (e) West
an alphabet are arranged at the end of the series in
624. What is the shortest distance between point B
increasing order (arranged immediately after L).
and point C?
Step 2: The odd numbers which are immediately
(a) 2√5m (b) 3√5m
followed by an alphabet interchange their positions.
(c) 5√3m (d) 2√7m
Step 3: The alphabets which are immediately
(e) None of the above
followed by a symbol are arranged in alphabetical
order between H and 4 of step 2. 625. If point J is 11m to the north of point B, then
Note: Step 2 is applied after step 1 and step 3 is what is the distance between point J and point D?
applied after step 2. (a) 11m (b) 13m
619. In step 3, if all odd numbers are added by 2 and (c) 12m (d) 10m
all even numbers are subtracted from 3, then (e) None of the above
what is the sum of numbers in step 3? Direction: Each question below contains two
(a) 46 (b) 36 conclusions followed by four statements. Find
(c) 41 (d) 43 from which of the statements given, the
(e) None of these conclusions follow.

67
67
67
67
 626. Conclusions: Read the information carefully and answer the
No diesel are ethanol. Some petrol are gas. Some questions below.
water can be petrol.
Statements:
I. Some petrol are diesel. Some petrol are gas. All
petrol are water. All water are ethanol.
II. All gas are ethanol. Some petrol are diesel.
Some diesel are water. Some diesel are gas.
III. Some petrol are diesel. Some ethanol are
petrol. All ethanol are water. All diesel are
gas.
IV. All gas are ethanol. Some petrol are diesel.
Some diesel are water. No ethanol are 629. How is A related to T?
diesel. (a) Grandson (b) Granddaughter
(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows (c) Daughter-in-law (d) Nephew
(c) Only III follows (d) Only IV follows (e) None of the given
(e) None of these 630. How is C related to V?
627. Conclusions: It is possible for some year to be (a) Paternal aunt (b) Maternal aunt
day. Only a few year can be sunday. No sunday (c) None of the given (d) Sister
can be date. (e) Sister-in-law
Statements: 631. Which of the following is an uncle of A?
I. All day are date. Some week are date. All I. N
sunday are year. No date are year. II. K
II. All year are day. All day are week. All week III. B
are date. No date are sunday. (a) None of I, II and III (b) Only I and III
III. All week are sunday. Some year are date. All (c) Only II (d) Only III
day are date. All year are week. (e) Only II and III
IV. No date are week. Some year are date. Some 632. There are three 5-digit numbers given in each
date are day.All sunday are week. option. In each option if the 4th digit is taken
(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows from left and of every number is increased by 1
(c) Only III follows (d) Only IV follows and multiplied with each other to obtain a
(e) None of these product, then in which of the following options,
628. Conclusions: Some people are mother. Some the product is multiple of 12?
family are child. Some teacher are family. (a) 51475, 65417, 84425
Statements: (b) 65412, 97142, 35421
I. All mother are family. All mother are people. (c) 68412, 75125, 93541
(d) 79654, 65427, 35142
Some mother are child. Some mother are
(e) None of the above
teacher.
II. Some mother are people. All children are 633. We have five words given below such that one
mother. Some teacher are mother. Some letter of each word is bold. Find how many
child are family. meaningful words can be formed by using the
III. All child are family. Some mother are child. letters (only once) which are underlined in each
Some family are teacher. Some people are given word?
family. a. Practice
b. Masters
IV. All mother are child. Some family are mother.
c. Conspiracy
Some teacher are mother. No people are
d. Theory
child.
e. Officials
(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows (a) One (b) Two
(c) Only III follows (d) Only IV follows (c) Three (d) More Than Three
(e) None of these (e) None

68
68
68
68
 Study the following data carefully and answer the 636. Conclusions:
questions accordingly. Some Platform is Road
No Train is Street
634. Conclusions:
Statements:
Some toothpaste are bags.
(a) Some Platform is Queue. All Platforms is
Some instruments are bags.
Road. No Queue is Street. Some Street is
Statements:
Train. All Train is Unit
1. Statements: Some Subjects are toothpaste. All
(b) Some Queue is Road. Some Road is Train. All
toothpaste are instruments. No instrument Train is Platform. No platform is Street. All
is book. No bag is instrument. Units is Street
2. Statements: All Subjects are toothpaste. All (c) Some Queue is Unit. All Units is Platform. No
toothpaste are instruments. No instrument platform is Road. Some Road is Street. All
is book. All bags are toothpaste. Street is Train
3. Statements: Some Subjects are toothpaste. All (d) Some Street is Train. Some Train is
toothpaste are instruments. No instrument Platform. All Platforms is Queue. No
is book. Some bags are books Platform is Road All Road is Unit
4. Statements: All Subjects are toothpaste. All (e) None of These
toothpaste are instruments. No instrument 637. Each of the following questions consists of six
is book. Some bags are subjects. statements followed by options consisting of
5. Statements: All Subjects are toothpaste. All three statements put together in a specific order.
toothpaste are instruments. No instrument Choose the options that indicate a combination
is book. Some bags are books. where the third statement can be logically
(a) Only Statements – 1 and 2 deduced from the first two statements and that
(b) Only Statements – 2 and 3 option will be your answer.
(c) Only Statements – 2 and 4 Statement:
(d) Only Statements – 1 and 3 i. Some B is D.
(e) None of these ii. All B are X.
iii. No Y are X.
635. In each question, a set of six statements is given, iv. No D is X
followed by four answer choices. Each of the v. All Y are D.
answer choices has a combination of three vi. Some Y are B
statements from the given set of six statements. Conclusion:
You are required to identify the answer choice in (a) (i,vi,v) (b) (iv,v,iii)
which the statements are logically related. (c) (ii,vi,iv) (d) (iii,iv,v)
Statements: (e) None is correct
I. All BMW is ford.
II. All BMW is renault.
III. All BMW is fiat.
IV. All fiats are renault.
V. All fords is volkswagen.
VI. All fords is Renault
Conclusions:
(a) (II,V,IV) (b) (I,V,VI)
(c) (III,V,VI) (d) (III,II,V)
(e) None of these

69
69
69
69
 Read the information carefully and answer the 641. Z is in which direction with respect to Y; what is
questions. distance between point Z and point Y ?
Input: 5 K A 7 6 3 2 @ T 8 € V 7 % B 3 E G $ M P © Q (a) ^!15m (b) $*17m
T%3UB65$# (c) ^*15m (d) $*19m
Step 1: All the numbers which are preceded by (e) None of these
consonants should be written after the final element
642. If Amar want to reach at point U which is in
of the series of the given input in the ascending
North West of T ; from Point X then what distance
order.
should he travel?
Step 2: After completing step 1, all Vowels should be
(a) 12m (b) 9m
changed to immediate succeeding alphabet
(c) 23m (d) 20m
Step 3: After completing step 2, all the symbols
which are immediately followed and succeeding by (e) 21m
consonants should be written before the 1st element 643. M is in which direction with respect to U ?
of the series. (a) ^! (b) $*
638. After step 3, which element is between 3rd (c) ^* (d) $!
element and 7th element from the right end? (e) None of these
(a) $ (b) # Read the following information carefully and
(c) 3 (d) B answer the questions given beside.
(e) None of these A@B means A is not greater than B.
639. How many elements are there to right of 4th A!B means A is greater than B.
consonant from the left in step -2? A*B means A is not less than B.
(a) 16 (b) 18 A%B means A is less than B.
(c) 17 (d) 15 A#B means A is neither greater nor less than B.
(e) 21 644. Statements : M!H , K%M, G#H
640. How many symbols are there which are Conclusions : H#K , M*G
followed by even numbers in step1? (a) Only conclusion I follows
(a) Three (b) One (b) Only conclusion II follows
(c) Four (d) None (c) Either conclusion I or conclusion II follows
(e) Two (d) Both conclusion I and II follow
Read the following information carefully and (e) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II
answer the given questions. follows
J^K means J is to the north of K at a distance of either 645. Statements : E@F , D%E , T*F
4m or 9m Conclusions : D%F , T*E
J*K means J is to the west direction of K at a distance
(a) Only conclusion I follows
of either 3m or 12m
(b) Only conclusion II follows
J $ K means J is to the south direction of K at a
(c) Either conclusion I or conclusion II follows
distance of either 4m or 9m
(d) Both conclusion I and II follow
J!K means J is to the east direction of K at a distance
(e) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II
of either 3m or 12m
follows
J^! K means J is to the north-east of K
J$! K means J is to the south-east direction of K. Study the following data carefully and answer the
X$Z, Y!X, Z*T, S$*T, S*M$T, H$X, questions accordingly.
(SM<XH),(TM=XH),(XY=TZ) "M @ N" means "M is greater than N.
Triangle formed by connecting point X,Y and Z "M & N" means "M is not greater than N".
should be right angled triangle. "M % N" means "M is less than N".
Triangle formed by connecting point Z,U and T "M # N" means "M is not less than N".
should be equilateral triangle. "M ^ N" means "M is neither greater nor less than N".

70
70
70
70
 646. Which of the following conclusions is/are not 651. Statements:
true from the given expression? 8 6 7 5, 4 5 7 1, 3 2 7 1
K % T ^ B; H % U ^ F; B # H @ M Conclusions:
Conclusions:
I. 4 2 7 5
I. T @ F
II. 8 1 7 6
II. M % U
III. U ^ H (a) Only conclusion I follows
(a) Only II (b) Both I and III (b) Only conclusion II follows
(c) Both I and II (d) Only III (c) Both conclusions I and II follow
(e) All of the Above (d) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II
647. Which of the following is true from the given follows
expression? (e) Either conclusion I or conclusion II follows
S^D%A#M&L&K@C
652. How is ‘Only Rapid Car’ coded as in the given
Conclusions:
I. D % K & C language?
II. A @ D & S (a) 6 9 4 (b) 1 3 7
III. C & L # M (c) 9 5 1 (d) 7 6 1
(a) Only I (b) Both I and III (e) 4 7 5
(c) Both I and II (d) Only III
653. Statements:
(e) None is true
9 1 7 5, 8 1 7 6, 3 6 7 2
648. Which of the following option should be placed
Conclusions:
in the given expression from left to right in order
to N > C definitely true and O < M false? I. 4 6 7 5
O _ A _ N _ M _ F __ C II. 8 2 7 1
(a) &, ^, %, #, ^ (b) %, ^, @, #, ^ III. 4 2 7 5
(c) ^, #, ^, %, ^ (d) %, %, ^, #, @ (a) Only conclusions I and II follow
(e) None of These (b) Only conclusions II and III follow
649. Which of the following is true from the given (c) Only conclusions I and III follow
expression? (d) Only conclusion II follows
G@Y^K#T@M&R (e) All three conclusions I, II and III follow
I. K @ R
II. M % Y Study the following information and answer the
III. G # T given questions:
(a) Only I (b) Only II X@Y– X is the child of Y.
(c) Both I and III (d) Only III X%Y– X is elder to Y
(e) None of These X&Y– X is younger to Y
Answer the following question based on the X$Y– X is brother of Y
information given below. X*Y– X is wife of Y
In a certain code language,
X#Y– X is sister-in-law of Y
I. ‘No Rapid Car Road’ is coded as ‘4 5 1 2’
X!Y- X is son in law of Y.
II. ‘All Road are Track’ is coded as ‘2 3 6 7’
III. ‘All Track Some Rapid’ is coded as ‘8 5 3 6 X^Y-X is not the sibling of Y
IV. ‘Only Car Track’ is coded as ‘9 1 6’ X*F$D&Q$F; E@X; F% D*C!B; W#D; A*K@W; C^W
650. Which of the following is coded as ‘7 8 1’ in the 654. If the age of F is 45 years and age of Q is 40 years,
given language? so what can be the age of D?
(a) Track are Some (b) Only Track Car (a) 44 years (b) 43 years
(c) Some are Car (d) No Car Rapid (c) 47 years (d) 39years
(e) Road are All
(e) None of these

71
71
71
71
 655. If G@D then how X is related to G? 660. What is the code for 'Hills'?
(a) Uncle (b) Grandmother (a) 4H+4 (b) 1E%4
(c) sister-in-law (d) Aunt (c) 2D=2 (d) 1F@9
(e) None of these
(e) 4H$1
656. Which of the following pair is depicting correct
relation? 661. The code for 'Air Rain' is
(a) D*F (b) K@B (a) 2D=2 2C&1 (b) 6K#5 2F@4
(c) W*F (d) Q@B (c) 2E%3 3F@3 (d) 2E%3 3G$4
(e) All are correct (e) None of these
Answer the questions based on the sequence of 662. In the given words, if the 3rd and 5th (from the
numbers, alphabets and symbols given.
left end) letters are interchanged and same is
1#W$4S$D&*27!AH4%8@!53L9F@Q$
6< done with 4th and 7th letters, then which series
There are certain operations which are to be applied, would form an English meaningful word after
and then mark your answer accordingly. rearrangement?
1) If each letter in A-Z alphabetical series is I. INGTSHI
represented by number 1–26 respectively, then II. NERLUAT
each number in the series is replaced by the
III. THRYEBI
alphabet as per its represented number.
2) If each letter in A-Z alphabetical series is (a) Only II and III (b) Only I
represented by number 1–26 respectively, then (c) Only I and II (d) Only I and III
only first nine letters of A-Z alphabetical series (e) All I, II and III
is replaced by its represented number and other 663. Given below are four combinations [i], [ii], [iii]
letters will remain same.
and [iv] of five-digit numbers. In each
3) Symbols ‘$’ and ‘!’ are replaced by a symbol ‘<’.
combination you have to arrange the digits in
657. How many such alphabets are there in the series
which are followed by an alphabet only? ascending order from left to right. Then in each
(a) 3 (b) 4 combination, the first digit from the left end is
(c) 5 (d) 7 numbered as I, the second digit from the left end
(e) 8 is numbered as II and so on. Hence in each
658. How many such numbers/alphabets are there combination I, II, III, IV, and V will denote the
in the series which are immediately preceded position of the digits from the left end.
and followed by a symbol ‘<’? [i] 94397
(a) None (b) One
[ii] 86241
(c) Two (d) Three
[iii] 62971
(e) Four
[iv] 61028
Answer the questions based on the information
given below. From each of the given numbers, the digits,
In a certain code language, which are at the same position are clubbed
together. The digits which are at position [ I ]
will form number if taken in order of
combination (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) respectively
and similarly for [II, III, IV and V]. Then, how
many numbers thus formed will be divisible by
7?
659. What is the code for the word 'Liquid'? (a) Only IV and V (b) Only II, III and V
(a) 3F@3 (b) 2C&1 (c) Only III, IV and V (d) Only V, IV and I
(c) 2E%3 (d) 2D=2
(e) Only III and IV
(e) 6K#5

72
72
72
72
 Study the following information carefully and Answer the questions based on the information
answer the following question. The following are given below.
the codes used for denoting the distance and If
direction between two points. A@B means A is not greater than B
A 2@3 B means A is either 2m or 3m to the north of A#B means A is not smaller than B
B. A$B means A is greater than B
A 1#6 B means A is either 1m or 6m to the south of
A%B means A is smaller than B
B.
A&B means A is equal to B
A 5%1 B means A is either 5m or 1m to the east of B.
A 6$7 B means A is either 6m or 7m to the west of B. 667. Statements:
The symbol "*" represents 'NOT' A@B%C@D$G#E&F
The symbol ''!" represents 'DEFINITELY' Conclusions:
e.g., If it is given that A@* B means A is NOT towards I. F% B
the north of B. II. D$ A
A #%* B means A is NOT towards the southeast of B (a) Only conclusion I is true
and so on. (b) Both conclusions I and II are true
If it is given that A@!B means A is definitely to the
(c) Either conclusion I or II is true
north of B
(d) Neither conclusion I nor II is true
A #%! B means A is definitely to the southeast of B
(e) Only conclusion II is true
and so on.
I. S #$* P 5$11 Q 3@6 R 11%5 S 7#2 T 13$15 U 668. Statements:
#%* Q V #W$U&T@Y; S% P% U
II. P @$! S Conclusions:
664. If 'A 1a B' is coded as A is 1m to the north of B; I. S% Y
'A 2b B' is coded as A is 2m to the south of B; 'A II. V #T
1c B' is coded as A is 1m to the east of B; 'A 2d B' (a) Only conclusion I is true
is coded as A is 2m to the west of B and 'A 1ac B' (b) Both conclusions I and II are true
is coded as A is 1m to the northeast of B, then (c) Either conclusion I or II is true
what is the direction of M with respect to R if P (d) Neither conclusion I nor II is true
6d M 1b T is definitely true? (e) Only conclusion II is true
(a) ad (b) bd
(c) c (d) b Answer the questions based on the information
(e) ac given below.
In a certain code language,
665. What is the shortest distance between P and S?
I. √72m. 'Develop share and export' is coded as '11$Q, 24@T,
II. 17m 4*P, 30&T'.
III. √45m 'Anoop told right time' is coded as '6$Q, 13@O, 19*N,
IV. 6√2m 23&J'.
(a) Only I (b) Both I and IV 'Blood group are different' is coded as '12$W, 4@T,
(c) I, III and IV (d) Only III 13&P, 7*Q'.
(e) Both II and III 'Red lamp are perfect' is coded as '21*G, 5$O, 4@T,
666. Four among the following five are alike in a 23&E'.
certain way and thus form a group. Which of the 669. Which of the following word is coded as '11$Q'?
following does not belong to the group? (a) Share (b) Develop
(a) P and U (b) S and Q
(c) Export (d) And
(c) R and P (d) T and S
(e) Anoop
(e) Q and T

73
73
73
73
 670. What is the code for 'bad time'? In every question, two rows are given and to find
(a) 13$C 5@O (b) 12*O 6$C out the resultant of a particular row you need to
(c) 6*O 12@C (d) 5*C 13@O follow the following steps:
(e) None of these Step 1: If an odd number is followed by an even
number (but not a perfect square) then the resultant
671. What is the code for 'TARGET'? comes by multiplying the numbers.
(a) 7@H (b) 7&G Step 2: If an even number is followed by another
(c) 8&H (d) 8@G even number then the resultant will be the division
(e) None of these of the first number by the second number.
672. The code '24$Q, 22&K' is the code for which of Step 3: If an even number is followed by an odd
number then the resultant will be the addition of
the following?
both the numbers.
(a) Bread that (b) Stop it
Step 4: If an odd number is followed by a perfect
(c) Rate that (d) Time gap square then the results will be the difference of that
(e) None of these square number from the odd number.
Answer the questions based on the information Step 5: If an odd number is followed by another odd
given below. number (but not a perfect square) then the results
If will be the addition of both the numbers.
'A # B' means 'A is neither greater than nor equal to 675. Find the sum of the resultant of the two rows?
B'. 6 5 1
'A % B' means 'A is neither smaller than nor equal to 10 2 4
(a) 28 (b) 37
B'.
(c) 30 (d) 35
'A @ B' means 'A is not smaller than B'.
(e) None of the above
'A $ B' means 'A is neither greater than nor smaller
676. If the sum of resultant of the two rows is 37/2,
than B'.
then find the value of 'x'?
'A & B' means 'A is not greater than B'.
7 6 4
673. Statements: C %V%E; O @D%X#J& E 6 2 x
Conclusions: (a) 5 (b) 4
1. E #O (c) 3 (d) 1
2. V % D (e) None of these
3. X # C 677. Find the absolute difference between the
(a) Only conclusion III is true resultant of the two rows?
(b) Only conclusion II and III is true 7 8 2
(c) Only conclusions I and III is true 12 4 8
(a) 1 (b) 3
(d) Only conclusion II is true
(c) 5 (d) 6
(e) Only conclusion I is true
(e) None of these
674. Statements: J% F$R% Q; G@Q%H@K #C
Conclusions:
I. K #R
II. J% C
III. H & F
(a) Only conclusion I is true
(b) Only conclusion III is true
(c) Only conclusions I and III is true
(d) Only conclusion II and III is true
(e) Only conclusion II is true

74
74
74
74
 Answer the following question based on the (a) Z is nephew of W
information given below. (b) W is aunt of Z
I. ‘All Among Strong Work’ is coded as ‘# % & !’. (c) K is grandfather of Z
II. ‘Few are Among Men’ is coded as ‘# = @ /’. (d) Y is daughter-in-law of M
III. ‘All Only No Men’ is coded as ‘& @ – $’ (e) X is sister-in-law of Y
IV. ‘No More Few Work’ is coded as ‘$ ! = +’. Study the information below and answer the
678. Statements: given questions.
– + / !, = + / @, & @ / % A%254m B – A is 250m east of B.
Conclusions: A&116mB – A is 126m west of B.
I. $ ! / % A?96mB – A is 90m south of B.
II. = + / % A@220mB – A is 225m north of B.
III. & @ / ! Point M is & -4m point N, which is @3m point O,
(a) Only conclusion I follows which is %16m point P, which is ?14m point Q, which
(b) Only conclusion II follows is %10m point R, which is ?12m point S, which is &-
(c) Only conclusions I and II follow 4m point T.
(d) Only conclusions II and III follow 682. What is the shortest distance between point R
(e) Only conclusions I and III follow and point T (approx)?
679. Which of the following is coded as ‘$ @ !’ in the (a) Less than 15m
given language? (b) Between 15m and 17m
(a) Men All Few (b) Only Men Work (c) Between 17m and 19m
(c) No Men Work (d) Few Strong Men (d) More than 19m
(e) None of the above (e) None of these
680. Statements: & + / #, $ + / %, & ! / + 683. In which direction is point S with respect to
Conclusions: point O?
I. $ ! / % (a) North (b) North-East
II. $ # / % (c) South-East (d) North-West
III. & ! / # (e) None of these
(a) Only conclusion I follows 684. In which direction is point P with respect to
(b) Only conclusion II follows, point N?
(c) Only conclusions I and II follow (a) North (b) North-East
(d) Only conclusions II and III follow (c) South-West (d) North-West
(e) Only conclusions I and III follow (e) None of these
681. Study the following information carefully and Nine persons namely – A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, and I live
answer the questions given below. in a nine floored building marked 1 to 9 from bottom
A#B means A is the father of B to top. Each person has different working experience
A+B means A is the mother of B
viz.- 7, 9, 12, 13, 14, 17, 21, 24, and 26. All the
A$B means A is the husband of B
information is not necessary in the same order. Note:
A%B means A is the wife of B
The experience of the persons living on the adjacent
A@B means A is the brother of B
floor is neither a common factor nor a common
A£B means A is the sister of B
multiple. B lives on an even number floor. C, who
A©B means A is the son of B
lives on any floor below floor number 4, lives three
A⨎B means A is the daughter of B
floors away from B and doesn’t have experience of 12
Which of the following expressions is false if the
years. H lives on any floor above the one whose
expression ‘Z©X⨎M%K#W$Y’ is definitely
true? experience is 12 years but not adjacent to B’s floor.

75
75
75
75
 Neither B nor C lives on the adjacent floor of I, who 689. Who among the following lives on the eighth
lives four floors away from the one whose floor?
experience is 7 years. G lives three floors above the (a) B (b) D
one whose experience is 21 years. The number of (c) H (d) C
persons living between B and I is the same as the (e) None of these
number of persons living below A, whose experience 9 persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and J are sitting on two
is 17 years. The number of persons living between G tables of which one is Pentagon shaped and inside it
and the one whose experience is 26 years is one there is another square table. 5 people are sitting on
more than the number of persons living between the the outer table and facing inside and 4 people are
one whose experience is 12 years and H. Experience sitting on inner table and facing outside. The person
of I is neither 26 nor 14 years. The one whose sitting on square table has Cars of different brands
experience is 14 years lives two floors away from D. and the persons sitting on the pentagon table have
The number of persons living between D and B is the bikes of different brands. T No person sits between D
same as between D and the one whose experience is and H when counted to the left of D. J sits opposite to
9 years. H doesn’t live on the topmost floor. F has less H and has BMW. E does not have Bajaj and Yamaha
experience than E. but sits on the seat which is third to the right of G.
685. Experience of who among the following person The person sitting on the pentagon table does not
is 26 years? sitting on corners and the person sitting on the
(a) E square are sitting on the corners. A has bike of Hero
(b) The one who lives three floors above F brand and sitting immediate right of E. The one who
has Bajaj bike is sitting second to the left of the one
(c) The one who lives just below D
who has Hero Bike. G does not have Yamaha bike. C
(d) Either a or c
has Audi car and sitting opposite to the one who has
(e) Either a or b
Ferrari. The person having TVS is seating second to
686. The number of persons living between D and the right of the one who has Yamaha. A sits on the
the one whose experience is 7 years is the same side which is opposite to side of the inner table
as ____? whose corners are occupied by D and H. Both D and
(a) The number of persons living between A and H like Ferrari and Mercedes but not in the same
the one whose experience is 12 years. order. One person among the person sitting on
(b) Two pentagon table has Royal Enfield bike. F does not
(c) The number of persons living below C have Bajaj Bike. A sit on the base of the Pentagon
(d) One table.
(e) Both b and c
690. Who sits fourth to the left of the one who has
687. What is the sum of the experience of the persons Royal Enfield?
living on floor numbers 6, 4, and 1? (a) The one who has TVS
(a) 43 (b) 45 (b) G
(c) 40 (d) 49 (c) The one who has Yamaha
(e) None of the above (d) E
688. If all the persons from the top of the building live (e) None of these
in ascending order of their experience then, the 691. Four of the following forms a group which of the
floor of how many persons remains unchanged? following does not belong to that group?
(a) One (b) Two (a) E (b) G
(c) None (d) More than three (c) B (d) D
(e) Three (e) F

76
76
76
76
 692. What is the position of F with respect to the one 696. Four of the following forms a group which of the
who has TVS? following does not belong to that group?
(a) Second to the left (b) Immediate right (a) D (b) R
(c) Third to the left (d) Second to the right (c) Q (d) B
(e) None of these (e) F
693. How many persons sit between J and C when 697. What is the position of Q with respect to the one
counted to the left of C? who has 8 pencils?
(a) One (b) Two (a) Second to the left (b) Immediate right
(c) Four (d) Three (c) Third to the left (d) Third to the right
(e) None (e) None of these
698. How many persons sit between G and B when
694. Who among the following has Royal Enfield?
counted to the left of B?
(a) E (b) F
(a) One (b) Two
(c) B (d) G
(c) Four (d) Three
(e) None
(e)None of these
12 persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, M, I, P, Q and R are sitting 699. Who among the following has pencils which is
on two tables of which one is circular and inside it the sum of C and B?
there is another square table. 8 people are sitting on (a) E (b) D
the outer table and facing inside and 4 people are (c) Q (d) P
sitting on inner table and facing outside. The person (e) None
sitting on inner square table is facing the persons
There are two square tables out of which one is outer
sitting on the outer circular table. They all have
table and one is inner table. 16 persons A, B, C, D, E,
different number of pencils ranging from 3 to16 in
F, G, H, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting on these
the way that the peoples sitting on the outer table two tables facing center Eight persons sitting on the
have even number of pencils and the peoples sitting outer table and facing inside and eight people sitting
on the inner table has odd number of pencils. M sits on inner table and facing outside. The people who are
immediate right to F but not on the inner table and sitting on outer table like colors viz. Blue, Black, Pink,
has 10 less pencils than F. C sits second to the left of Orange, Yellow, Green, Red and White. The one who
M and facing G who has pencils which is a perfect sits on the inner table like fruits viz. Grapes, Mango,
square. P is sitting on the opposite end of C on the Banana, Apple, Strawberry, Blueberry, Guava and
same table and has 4 times pencils than M have. A has Litchi. W, who does not sit at the corner, sits exactly
pencils which is a perfect square and sits second to between Q and S who like black color and sits exactly
the right Of P. A does not has four pencils. The behind A. V, who likes Yellow color, is sitting exactly
persons sitting on the inner table are sitting on the behind F who likes Mango. Q does not like Red and
middle of the sides. E, who has 2 less pencils than G, orange color. Only three people sit between Q and C
is sitting opposite to B and both sitting on same table. who sits second to the right of S. D is exactly behind
I is sitting opposite to G and has 1/3 pencils of G. The P and both sits on the middle of the sides. D, Neither
person sitting third to the right of A has 4 less pencils the immediate neighbor of Q nor of S. E does not like
than him. E is not facing M but face the person who strawberry. B is not the immediate neighbor of D but
has maximum number of pencils. Only three persons sit on the outer table and like Green color. T sits third
sits between Q and D and difference in their pencil is to the right of B and like Blue color. The one who is
8. Q is not the immediate neighbor of M. C has pencils immediate right of C like White color. W does not like
which is a perfect square and has 2 less pencils than Orange color. R, who does not sit on the middle of the
side, sits opposite to H and like Guava. P sits third to
Q. B has half pencils than R.
the right of A and like Litchi. A Neither likes
695. Who sits third to the right of C? Blueberry nor Strawberry. Only one person sits
(a) D (b) P between G and U who is not the neighbor of R. C sits
(c) Q (d) R exactly behind H. G and H like grapes and apple
(e) None of these respectively.

77
77
77
77
 700. Who sits second to the left of H? who is 15 years old sits third to the right of the one
(a) A (b) C whose age is 27 years. The one who is 11 years old
(c) Q (d) R sits third to the right of the one whose age is 19 years.
(e) None of these G sits fourth to the right of the one whose age is 13
years. F is not an immediate neighbor of G. The one
701. Four of the following forms a group wh
whose age is 13 years sits third to the left of the one
(a) T (b) A
whose age is 15 years and both faces the same
(c) Q (d) E
direction.
(e) W
705. What is the age of E?
702. What is the position of U with respect to the one
(a) 15 years old (b) 11 years old
who like Mango? (c) 27 years old (d) 19 years old
(a) Second to the left (b) Immediate right (e) 18 years old
(c) Immediate left (d) Fourth to the right
706. Who sits third to the right of the one whose age
(e) None of these
is 11 years?
703. How many persons sit between S and the one (a) C (b) F
who like Yellow color when counted to the left of (c) E (d) G
S? (e) H
(a) One (b) Two 707. Which of the following are immediate neighbors
(c) Four (d) Three of A?
(e)None of these (a) B, E
704. Who among the following like Pink color? (b) The one whose age is 27 and 13 years.
(a) E (b) D (c) H, E
(c) Q (d) P (d) The one whose age is 27 and 11 years.
(e) G (e) G, B
There are eight people A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H sitting 708. How many people are facing towards the
around a circular table for the lunch. Some of them centre?
are facing towards the center of the table while some (a) 5 (b) 4
are facing opposite to the center of the table. They all (c) 3 (d) 2
are of different age viz. 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19, 27 and (e) 1
31 year but not necessarily in the same order. A is 709. What is the total sum of age of the immediate
sitting third to the right of C. A's age is 31 years old. neighbors of G?
Only one person is sitting between A and B. D is (a) 32 (b) 30
sitting fourth to the right of B. The one whose age is (c) 29 (d) 25
15 years old sits second to the right of D. Three (e) 33
persons sit between the one whose age is 15 years
and the one whose age is 31 years . The one whose
age is 18 years sits second to the right of one whose
age is 31 years. D is not 18 years old. The one who is
17 years old sits third to the right of the one who is
18 years old. C's age is 17 years. There are two
persons sit between D and E. Three persons sit
between the one whose age is 13 years and the one
whose age is 19 years. E's age is neither 13 nor 19
years old. E faces the center of the table. There is only
one person sits between the one whose age is 19
years and the one whose age is 27 years. The one

78
78
78
78
 Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows 714. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
containing five seats in each row in such a way that way and hence form a group. Find out the one
there is an equal distance between adjacent persons. which does not belong to that group.
In row 1 – E, F, G, H and I – are seated and all of them (a) U, 60 years old (b) G, 48 years old
are facing in north direction but not necessarily in
(c) V, 40 years old (d) X, 36 years old
the same order and in row 2 – U, V, W, X and Y – are
(e) F, 57 years old
seated and all of them are facing in south direction
but not necessarily in the same order. Every person A family of eight members - S, T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z
in row1 faces exactly another person in row2. The are seated in a straight line with an equal distance
ages of the persons who are sitting in row1 are between them, but not necessarily in the same order.
multiple of 4. The ages of the persons who are sitting Some of them are facing north and some are facing
in row 2 are multiple of 3. No two persons are of the
south. This family is having three generations. The
same age. The person who faces F sits third to the
immediate neighbors of X face same directions. Both
right of the one whose age is 36 years. The difference
between the ages of E and W is 17 years. Only one W and T face a direction opposite to that of V. W is
person sits between G and H. Neither G nor H faces the only daughter of U. Z is female member. U’s
the person whose age is 36 years. Either U or X is of granddaughter does not sit at an extreme end of the
36 years old. Four persons sit to the left of the line. S’s mother sits on the immediate left of her son.
person, who is 2 years older than F and faces either U’s wife is not an immediate neighbor of W. The
G or H. Only two persons sit between W and X. F is immediate neighbors of W’s brother face opposite
four years older than U. Only one person is sitting directions. The persons sitting at the extreme ends
between U and Y who sits at the extreme end. E sits
face opposite directions. Z’s daughter-in-law sits
to the left of I. The person who sits third to the left of
second to the left of W’s father-in-law. X faces north.
I is of 52 years old. The persons sitting to the left of F
are younger than W. G is six years older than Y. The X is not an immediate neighbor of V’s aunt. U’s
age of W is between the age of Y and G. The sum of daughter is an immediate neighbor of one who is
the ages of V and I is equal to the sum of the ages of sitting at an extreme end of the line. Only three
H and Y. Sum of the ages of H and Y is 110 years. The people sit between Y and his wife. T’s daughter sits
age of I is a multiple of 11. second to the right of S’s brother-in-law. Z is married
710. What is the sum of the ages of G and I (in years)? to U. Y is the son-in-law of Z. Y’s only brother-in-law
(a) 110 (b) 100 is married to T. T’s sister-in-law’s fatherin-law is X.
(c) 120 (d) 90 V’s father is not Y.
(e) 104
715. What is the position of V with respect to her
711. Which of the following statement is true?
grandmother?
(a) F is older than V.
(a) Third to right (b) Second to left
(b) E sits to the left of F
(c) X faces I. (c) Third to right (d) Four to the left
(d) U and X are adjacent to each other (e) Cannot be determined
(e) None of these 716. What is the position of S with respect to his
712. Who sits to the immediate right of the person sister?
whose age is 60 years? (a) Fifth to right (b) Immediate left
(a) E (b) H (c) Third to right (d) Second to left
(c) G (d) I (e) Immediate right
(e) None of these
717. How is V related to W?
713. Who sits opposite to U?
(a) E (b) H (a) Sister (b) Niece
(c) G (d) I (c) Daughter (d) Sister-in-law
(e) F (e) Cannot be determined

79
79
79
79
 718. Who is the husband of T? 722. E is HOD of which department?
(a) Brother of Y (b) Father of V (a) Computer Science (b) Electronics
(c) Grandfather of X (d) Son of W (c) Civil, Mechanical, (d) Electrical
(e) Father of Z (e) Cannot be determined
719. How is Z related to V? 723. Who is HOD of Computer Science Department?
(a) Sister (b) Aunt (a) B (b) C
(c) Mother (d) Mother-in-law (c) A (d) E
(e) Grandmother (e) None of the above
Eight People A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H work in different 724. Which among the following pair is odd from the
Engineering department as HOD posts. Each of them rest?
takes different number of lectures in a week, which (a) F,27 (b) H,24
was different for each of them. Different number of
(c) G,8 (d) D,20
lecture is viz. 27, 24, 20, 16, 14, 10, 8 and 3. Also it is
(e) B,10
known that different departments is in decreasing
order Computer Science > Electronics > Civil > There are eight persons viz. A, B, C, D, P, Q, R, and S
Mechanical > Electrical > I.T. > Chemical > lives in eight floored building numbered 1 to 8 in
Biotechnology G takes more lecture than B but fewer such a way that the lowermost floor is marked as 1,
lectures than C and is HOD of Chemical department. the floor above it is marked as 2 and so on and the
Total lecture taken by B is odd number in a week. top floor is marked as 8. Each of them has different
Sum of total lecture taken by H and F is 51. F is not weight viz. 30, 40, 45, 65, 95, 80, 85 and 90 kg but not
the HOD of Electrical department. Total Number of necessarily in the same order. Only one person lives
lecture taken by E and F is 37 in a week. HOD of on each floor. The person whose weight is 65kg lives
Electronics department takes fewer lectures than the on an odd numbered floor at a gap of two floors from
HOD of Computer department and their lectures are D, who doesn’t live on the top most floor. S lives on
in multiple of 2. H takes more than 20 lectures in a the adjacent floor of the one whose weight is 85kg.
week but not the highest. C who takes 16 lectures in Twice the weight of the person who lives on the floor
a week is works as HOD of Civil department. The number 4 is equal to thrice the weight of the person
person who is HOD of Electrical department takes 20 who lives on the floor number 2. Q lives at a gap of
lectures in a week. A take less lecture than D but one floor from the one whose weight is 85 Kg.
takes more than G and E. Number of lecture taken by Number of floors above C is same as the number of
HOD of Mechanical department is just higher than floors below the one whose weight is 40kg. The
the HOD of Biotechnology department and difference
weight of A is twice the weight of S. A, who neither
between numbers of lecture taken by them is three.
lives on the lowermost floor nor adjacent to the one
720. Total lecture taken by HOD of Chemical whose weight is 65kg, lives at a gap of three floors
department? from S, who neither lives on the top nor his weight is
(a) 14 (b) 10 65kg. P, whose weight is 30kg lives just above the
(c) 8 (d) 20 floor of R. Weight of Q is more than that of the one
(e) None of these who lives at a gap of one floor above C.
721. What is the difference between number of 725. What is the sum of the weight of the one who
lecture taken by HOD of Civil and Mechanical
lives on the floor numbered 7 and the one who
departments?
lives on the floor numbered 3?
(a) 7 (b) 4
(a) 165 Kg (b) 160 Kg
(c) 13 (d) 11
(c) 175 Kg (d) 145 Kg
(e) None of these
(e) None of these

80
80
80
80
 726. Who lives immediately above the floor of S? cricket in Bhubaneswar lives on one of the adjacent
(a) The one whose weight is 65 kg. floors of the player who likes to play cricket in Pune.
(b) The one whose weight is 40 kg The number of players live between P and T is same
(c) P (d) The One who lives as the number of players live between S and R. P and
fourth from the top floor V lives on the adjacent floors. V does not live on the
topmost floor. The number of players live above W is
(e) Q
same as the number of players live below the player
727. How many persons live between A and theone who likes to play cricket in Kolkata. W lives on an
whose weight is 40 kg? even numbered floor. Q who likes to play cricket in
(a) Two (b) Three Chennai lives on one of the floors above the one who
(c) One (d) Four likes to play cricket in Kolkata. U and N lives on the
(e) None adjacent floors. The player who likes to play cricket
in Trivandrum lives on an odd numbered floor.
728. Which of the following statement is not true?
730. Who among the following lives on the sixth floor
(a) The one whose weight is 45 kg lives
of the building?
immediately below B.
(a) R (b) S
(b) P lives at a gap of one floor from S. (c) P (d) Q
(c) D lives at a gap of three floors from the one (e) None of these
whose weight is 30kg
731. Who among the following likes to play in
(d) The One whose weight is 85 kg lives Trivandrum?
immediately below Q. (a) Either U or N (b) N
(e) All the given statements are true. (c) P (d) V
729. Which of the following combination of name, (e) Either a or d
floor and weight is true? 732. Who among the following lives on the top floor
(a) A – 90kg – 7 (b) 80kg – 2 – R of the building?
(c) S – 45kg – 5 (d) 85 kg – Q – 6 (a) Q (b) N
(e) D – 40kg – 6 (c) V (d) R
(e) None of these
Nine cricket players viz. P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W and N are
733. P likes to play from which of the following city?
living ona nine storey building. The lowermost floor
(a) Trivandrum (b) Delhi
is numbered as one and the above floor is numbered
(c) Bangalore (d) Ahmedabad
as two and so on. All the players got selected for
(e) None of these
some franchise to play in IPL-2020. Each of them
likes different city to play cricket such as Mumbai, 734. How many person lives below the floor who
Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Bangalore, Trivandrum, likes to play for Kolkata?
Delhi, Bhubaneswar and Ahmedabad but not (a) Four (b) Three
necessarily in the same order.Only one person stays (c) Two (d) Seven
on each floor. P lives on an even numbered floor (e) None of these
above the floor number three. The person who likes The first sixteen consecutive even numbers are
to play cricket in Bhubaneswar lives immediately arranged in ascending order from the top to bottom.
above S who likes to play cricket in Bangalore. Two The word “GOAL” is arranged in the multiple of 8’s
players live between P and T. S lives on the position from the top in alphabetical order. Only one
lowermost floor. There is a gap of three floors letter is placed between A and P. The number of
between the one who likes to play cricket in Delhi letters placed above P is the same as the number of
and the one who likes to play cricket in letters placed below K. Only one letter is placed
Bhubaneswar. Neither U nor N likes to play cricket in between K and N. The number of letters placed
Delhi. There is no gap between the players who likes between G and K is the same as the number of letters
to play cricket in Mumbai and the one who likes to placed between P and B. B is not placed two letters
play cricket in Pune. The player who likes to play before K. Only one letter is placed between B and H

81
81
81
81
 which is placed after B. M is placed three positions 91-99. No two floors have the same age group
above V which is not placed adjacent to L. M and A persons. All the above information is not necessarily
are not placed adjacent to each other. D is placed in the same order. Note: Nonagenarian means, the
immediately above R. The number of letters placed person who is between 91-99 years old. The number
between D and P is the same as the number of letters of five people are living in an odd numbered floor.
placed between R and B. I is placed two positions
The 31-39 age group people are not living in the
above T. C is one of the letters placed in the
lowermost floor. The total number of people lives in
arrangement.
odd numbered floors is same as the total number of
735. How many letters are placed between R and N?
people lives in even numbered floors. Six people are
(a) Five (b) Nine
living in more than one floor between the 41-49 age
(c) Eight (d) Seven
group people and the 21-29 age group people. The
(e) Six
nonagenarian people are living exactly between the
736. The number of letters placed above T is same as 41-49 age group people and the floor which has only
the number of letters placed below___. 5 people. There is no floor gap between the
(a) The letter which is placed immediately nonagenarian people and 41-49 age group people.
above N Not less than 7 number of people are living on the
(b) C floor of 91-99 ages group people. The numbers of six
(c) The letter which is placed two positions people are living in either the lowermost floor or the
below G topmost floor. The floor number and the number of
(d) I people on the floor are not the same. The number of
(e) P lowest age people are more than the number of
737. What is the position of “R” in the arrangement? highest age people. The 81-89 age group people are
(a) 20 (b) 14 not living in an even numbered floor but the number
(c) 10 (d) 12 of people is an even number. The sum of the number
(e) 18 of 61-69 age group people and the number of 71-79
age group people is same as the total number of
738. What is the sum of the position of H and N?
people living on the third floor. The 61-69 age group
(a) 42 (b) 32
people are lives not on the adjacent floor of either the
(c) 30 (d) 48
41-49 age group peopleor the 81-89 age group
(e) 60
people.
739. Which of the following statement is true?
740. The Nonagenarian people are living in which of
(a) B is placed three letters below R
the following numbered floor?
(b) More than two letters are placed between B
(a) 2 (b) 3
and N
(c) 4 (d) 5
(c) T is placed at sixth position
(e) 8
(d) L is placed five letters after M
(e) All the statements are true
In an orphanage, there are eight floors and some
number of people is living on each floor and no two
floors have the same number of persons. The
lowermost floor is numbered as one and the floor
above is numbered as two and so on till the topmost
floor is numbered as eight. In each floor, a minimum
of two people to a maximum of nine people are living.
The number of people are in different age groups viz.,
21-29, 31-39, 41-49, 51-59, 61-69, 71-79, 81-89 and

82
82
82
82
 741. How many people are living on the floor 745. How many persons live between the person
numbered 7 and 5? who lives immediately above X and the one who
(a) 10 (b) 11 works in SBI?
(c) 12 (d) 13 (a) Four (b) Six
(e) 9 (c) Five (d) Three
742. How many floors between the floor which has 6 (e) None of these
numbers of people and the 91-99 age group
746. If Z is related to SBI, X is related to RBI, in the
people?
(a) None (b) One same way which of the following is related to
(c) Two (d) Three SIB?
(e) More than three (a) R (b) G
743. If the number of people are arranged in (c) K (d) D
descending order from top to bottom, how many (e) None of these
number of people are in the age group of 31-39? 747. Which of the following combination is not true?
(a) 6 (b) 5 (a) More than three persons live between G and
(c) 7 (d) 2 the one who works in LVB
(e) 4 (b) T lives below the one who works in Axis
744. Which of the following age group people are bank
living on the 7th floor? (c) X and the one who works in BOI lives on
(a) 71-79 (b) 91-99 even numbered floor
(c) 61-69 (d) 81-89
(d) The one who works in SIB lives immediately
(e) 21-29
above the one who works in KVB
Eight persons T, M, D, X, K, R, G and Z lives on eight (e) None is true
different floors. The lowermost floor is numbered 1,
the floor above is numbered 2, and so on till the Top 748. Which of the following person works in Axis
most floor is numbered 8. Each one of them works in bank?
different banks BOI, SBI, RBI, LVB, KVB, Axis bank, (a) G (b) X
ICICI and SIB. All the above information is not (c) T (d) M
necessarily in the same order. Only one person lives (e) None of these
on each floor. Three persons live between G and the
749. What is the sum of the floor numbers of the
one who works in RBI. More than two persons live
person who lives immediately above D and the
between M and the one who works in BOI. K lives
below the one who works in RBI. More than three person who lives immediately below Z?
persons live between R and the one who works in (a) 12 (b) 10
ICICI. The one who works in ICICI lives above R.G (c) 13 (d) 8
does not live on the topmost floor. Z neither works in (e) None of these
ICICI nor works in SIB. Only one person lives Eight persons namely –P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W lives
between X and the one who works in SIB. Number of in eight floored building marked 1 to 8 in such a way
persons live above X is one less than the number of
that lowermost floor is marked as 1, floor above it is
persons below T. Five persons live between Z and the
marked as 2 and so on till the top most floor is
one who works in LVB. Number of persons live
marked as 8. Each person was born on different date
between X and the one who works in RBI is one less
than Number of persons live between D and the one viz. 3, 6, 7, 12, 15, 16, 24 and 28. Each person likes to
who works in SBI. K does not work in BOI. The one visit different hill station viz. Manali, Tawang,
who works in Axis bank lives above the one who Shillong, Leh, Shimla, Kullu, Nainital and Ladakh. All
works in KVB. The one who works in RBI lives below the given information is not necessary in the same
G. There are three persons live between K and the order. One who was born on 24th lives at a gap of two
one who works in KVB. from the one who likes to visit Shimla. R neither lives

83
83
83
83
 adjacent to V nor adjacent to W but lives adjacent to 753. Which of the following combination is true?
the one who was born on 16th. TheOne who likes to (a) U – 15th – 7 th floor – Shimla
visit Ladakh lives in an even numbered floor at a gap (b) Q – 3 rd – 4 th floor – Ladakh
of two floors from the one who was born 7th. At least (c) W – 6 th floor – 24th – Leh
four person lives between the one who likes to visit (d) P – 12th – 6 th floor – Manali
Shillong and U, who was not born on 12th. V doesn’t (e) All the above combination are not true
live on the lowermost floor but lives just below the 754. On which of the following date V was born?
one who was born on 3rd. Only three person lives (a) 16th (b) 7th
between V and the one who likes to visit Manali. The (c) 6th (d) 28th
one who was born on 12th is not lives adjacent to (e) Can’t be determined.
S,but lives just above the one who likes Manali. S,
Twelve persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L are
who was not born on 16th .The one who was born on
sitting around the concentric table as shown in the
3rd lives on an even numbered floor but doesn’t live
figure.
on the top most floor. Only one person lives between
the one who was born on 12th and W, who likes to
visit Leh. One who was born on 28th lives at a gap of
one floor with the one who likes to visit Kullu. One
who visits Shimla lives just above the one who was
born on 15th. One who was born on 7th likes to visit
Tawang, who doesn’t live adjacent to the one who
likes Leh. P neither lives adjacent to R nor adjacent Note:
to W but lives at a gap of one floor with the one who I) Consecutive alphabetically named persons
was born on 6th. Only two person lives between T didn’t sit adjacent to each other (before playing
and S, who doesn’t live in the adjacent floor of the one cards).
who visits Nainital. T lives on one of the floors below II) If it is given that A faces B, then both A and B are
Q, who neither live on the top most floor nor likes to in different tables and if it is given that A sits
visit Kullu. As the one who was born on 12th doesn’t opposite to B, then both A and B are in the same
lives adjacent to the one who was born on 16th . table.
750. Who was born on 6th? The one who faces A sits second to the left of I. B who
(a) W (b) R doesn’t sit at the same table of I and faces the one
(c) V (d) Q who sits opposite to L. C who doesn’t face B and sits
(e) Cannot be determined third to the left of H. The one who sits to the
751. Which of the following statement is true? immediate right of H faces J who sits neither opposite
(a) One who was born on 15th lives at a gap of to L nor adjacent to I. One person sits between F and
two floors from S. G who sits adjacent to K. As many persons sit
(b) One who visits Shimla lives just above U. between E and F as between E and H. K doesn’t sit
(c) One who visits Kullu lives at a gap of two adjacent to H. They are playing cards in the following
floors from the one who was born on 28th . order. A- 7 of spade, B- King of heart, D- Queen of
(d) T lives just below one who visits Tawang diamond, G- 10 of club, H- 6 of heart
(e) All the given statements are not true. Condition 1:
If the person gets the “number card of spade”, then
752. How many person lives between T and the one
the person interchanges the position with the one
who likes to visit Leh?
who sits third to the right of that person; else the
(a) 4 (b) 1
person interchanges the position with the one who
(c) 3 (d) 2
faces that person.
(e) None

84
84
84
84
 Condition 2: 759. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
If the person gets the “face card of club”, then the way based on the final arrangement and thus
person interchanges the position with the one who form a group. Which one of the following doesn’t
sits second to the left of that person; else the person belong to that group?
interchanges the position with the one who sits (a) E-I (b) F-J
(c) G-L (d) H-D
immediate right of that person.
(e) B-I
Condition 3:
If the person gets the “number card of heart”, then Seven friends namely – P, Q, R, S, T, U, and V like
different fruits viz. Apple, Banana, Mango, Orange,
the person interchanges the position with the one
Guava, Grapes and Papaya. Each of them visits
who sits fifth to the right of that person; else the
different cities viz. Rome, Singapore, London, Paris,
person interchanges the position with the one who New Delhi, New York and Italy on a different day
sits opposite to the one who sits third to the right of starting from Monday to Sunday. All the given
that person. information is not necessary in the same order. T,
Condition 4: who neither visits London nor he likes Mango, visits
If the person gets the “face card of diamond”, then the on one of the day before Thursday. Q, who neither
person interchanges the position with the one who likes Grapes nor visits Singapore, visits on one of the
sits third to the left of that person; else the person day before R. One who likes Grapes visits Italy on
interchanges the position with the one who sits Thursday. P visits Rome on Saturday. V visits Paris
on one of the day before the one who likes Apple.
second to the right of the one who faces that person.
Only one person visits between the one who likes
755. Who among the following person sits third to Mango and the one who visits London. T visits Just
the left of J in the final arrangement? after the one who likes Banana. There are three
(a) The one who sits to the immediate right of D persons visit between the one who likes Banana and
(b) B U, who visits New York. Only one person visits
(c) The one who faces E between the one who likes Orange and one who likes
(d) A Apple. Only two person visits before the one who
(e) None of these likes Mango. The one who likes Guava visits on one
of the day before the one who likes Papaya and R
756. What is the position of G with respect to H in the doesn’t like Apple. The one who likes orange neither
final arrangement? visits on Sunday nor visits New Delhi. The one who
(a) Third to the right (b) Second to the left likes Guava does not visit Singapore.
(c) Third to the left (d) Second to the right 760. Which of the following statement is true?
(e) None of these (a) Q visits London just before one who likes
757. How many persons are sitting between C and K Mango
(b) One who visits on Tuesday visits Paris
when counted from the right of C in the final
(c) U visits New York just after one who visits
arrangement?
Rome
(a) Six (b) Five (d) R visits Italy and likes Orange
(c) Two (d) One (e) All the above given statements are false
(e) None of these
758. Which of the following statements is/are true
according with the final arrangement?
(a) A sits third to the right of F
(b) J faces G
(c) B sits to the immediate right of E
(d) All are true
(e) None is true

85
85
85
85
 761. Which of the following combination is true? people have bought cars between R and T. Tesla has
(a) Tuesday – New Delhi – Q – Guava been bought after Hyundai but neither immediately
(b) Orange – New York – Thursday – U after nor on Monday. The Blue coloured car is bought
(c) R – Thursday – Grapes – Italy after the Black coloured carbut before the White
(d) Saturday – Papaya – V – Rome coloured car. Q has bought a car on one of the days
(e) Monday – Q – Singapore – Banana before the person who has bought MG HECTOR. The
762. Who visits on Sunday? number of cars bought before Tesla is as same as the
(a) One who likes Apple number of cars bought after Hyundai. Q has bought a
(b) One who visits New York Silver car. Only two people have bought the cars
(c) One who visits just after one who likes before S. T has not bought a car on the last day. P and
Orange S have bought neither a Mercedes nor a Tata.
(d) Either a or b Mercedes car is not Silver in colour. Red coloured car
(e) Either a or c is bought immediately after Grey coloured car but
immediately before Black coloured car.
763. Who visits just after the one who likes Mango?
(a) R (b) T 765. Which of the following car is of White colour?
(c) P (d) S (a) Honda (b) Mercedes
(e) Q (c) Hyundai (d) MG HECTOR
(e) Ford
764. How many person visits after the one who visits
Paris? 766. Which of the following car does P bought?
(a) Two (b) One (a) Honda (b) Tata
(c) Four (d) Three (c) Rolls Royce (d) Mercedes
(e) None (e) MG HECTOR

P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are eight different people who 767. In which of the following day does W bought the
have bought eight different cars – Honda, Mercedes, car?
MG HECTOR, Tata, Tesla, Rolls Royce, Ford and (a) Tuesday (b) Wednesday
Hyundai on eight different days starting from (c) Thursday (d) Friday
Monday to Monday. The cars are of eight different (e) Saturday
colours viz. Red, Blue, White, Yellow, Black, Grey, 768. Who among the following person has bought
Beige and Silver. All the information is not the Red coloured car?
necessarily in the same order. Four people have (a) P (b) W
bought the cars between Q and the person who has (c) S (d) Q
bought MG HECTOR. At least two people have bought (e) U
cars after the person who has bought Ford. Grey and 769. What is the colour of the MG HECTOR car?
Black coloured cars have not been bought (a) White (b) Black
immediately before or after a Yellow coloured car. U (c) Beige (d) Blue
has bought a car immediately after W. Hyundai is (e) Yellow
neither Red nor Silver incolour. Neither P nor U has
Eight gift boxes B1, B2, B3, B4, B5, B6, B7 and B8 are
bought MG HECTOR. Beige coloured car is bought
purchased from eight different E-commerce
three days before Mercedes was bought. S has
websites viz. Alibaba, Jabong, Quikr, Flipkart,
bought a car either immediately or on one of the days
Amazon, Snapdeal, Ebay and Myntra which are
after V but immediately before the person who has delivered to Eight different places viz. Delhi,
bought Ford. Rolls Royce is neither Blue nor White in Mumbai, Hyderabad, Lucknow, Kanpur, Indore,
colour. Only three people have bought cars between Ahmedabad and Ludhiana on six different days
the person who has bought Honda and the person starting from Monday to Saturday. All the above
who has bought a Yellow coloured car. Only three

86
86
86
86
 information is not necessarily in the same order. 773. To which of the following place is box B3
Note:At least one and not more than two gift boxes delivered?
are delivered on a same day. Not more than one Box (a) Lucknow (b) Kanpur
is bought fromthe same E-commerce website and (c) Mumbai (d) Indore
not more than one box is delivered to the same place. (e) None of these
Three boxes are delivered between B2 and B1. B5 is
774. To which of the following place is Box B5
not bought from Jabong. B3 is not delivered to
delivered?
Mumbai. B4 is delivered to Hyderabad on Tuesday.
(a) Lucknow (b) Kanpur
The box which is delivered to Ludhiana is bought
(c) Mumbai (d) Indore
immediately before the box which is bought from
(e) None of these
Quikr. The number of boxes delivered after B5 is as
same as the number of boxes delivered before B8. Seven persons namely –A, B, C, D, E, F and G were
Only one box is delivered on the last day. B6 is not born in different years with the base year is taken as
bought from Alibaba. The box which is bought from 2018. None of them was born before 1950 and not
Snapdeal is delivered to Lucknow. B2 is delivered on after 2004. Each person likes different fruits viz.
one of the days after B3. B1 is delivered to Delhi. The Mango, Apple, Banana, Orange, Grapes, Papaya and
box which is delivered to Kanpur is delivered Cherry.
immediately before the day of the box which is Note: If it is mentioned that a person‟s age is
delivered to Indore. B5 is delivered immediately considered as the last two digits of another person‟s
before or immediately after the day on which B4 is birth year, then it will be at any sequence. For
delivered. B1 is delivered on the first day. The boxes
example, if the age of „P‟ is considered as last two
which are bought from Flipkart and Jabong are
delivered on a same day. One of the boxes delivered digits of birth year of „Q‟ which is 1975; then the age
on Wednesday is bought from Alibaba. The box of „P‟ might be either 75 or 57 years.
which is bought from Alibaba is delivered in a day Age of C is 46 years and likes Cherry. A‟s age is equal
immediately after the day which is bought from to the last two digits of birth year of G. The difference
Amazon but immediately before the day which is between the age of C and E is 12 years. B‟s age is
bought from Quikr. B3 and B6 are delivered on a equal to the last two digits of birth year of E. F likes
same day. B7 is bought from Ebay. Only one box is Orange. The difference betweenthe ages of G and B is
delivered between B1 and B3. 6 years. Age of A is not less than 54 years. One who
770. From which of the following websites, the gift was born in 1978 likes Grapes. The difference
boxes B6 and B8 were bought respectively? betweenthe ages of one who likes Orange and A is 28
(a) Myntra, Snapdeal (b) Amazon, Quikr years. One who likes Apple was born after the year
(c) Ebay, Alibaba (d) Myntra, Quikr 1972. B likes Mango. F and D were not born on
(e) Flipkart, Alibaba adjacent years. Difference betweenthe ages of one
771. Which of the following statement is incorrect? who likes Banana and one who likes Mango is 16
(a) B5 box is delivered on Thursday years.
(b) The box which is bought from Alibaba is 775. What is the birth year of the one who likes
delivered to Ahmedabad Papaya?
(c) B8 box is bought from Snapdeal (a) 1954 (b) 1984
(d) Both a and c (c) 1982 (d) 1958
(e) B6 box is delivered on Wednesday
(e) None of these
772. Which of the following boxes are delivered on
776. Which of the following combination of birth
Tuesday, Friday and Saturday respectively?
year and fruit is true for A?
(a) B4, B6, B8 (b) B5, B2, B3
(a) 1954 – Papaya (b) 1978 – Banana
(c) B1, B6, B8 (d) B2, B4, B8
(c) 1982 – Orange (d) 1954 – Banana
(e) B4, B7, B8
(e) 1982 – Papaya

87
87
87
87
 777. What is the age of the one who likes Orange? 780. What is the birth year of the one who likes the
(a) 32 (b) 48 Grey colour?
(c) 36 (d) 46 (a) 1954 (b) 1984
(e) None of these (c) 1982 (d) 1972
778. Which of the following is the sum of the ages of (e) None of these
the one who likes orange and the one who likes 781. Which of the following combination of birth
apple? year and colour is true for Ajay?
(a) 65 (b) 78 (a) 1954- Yellow (b) 1972- Black
(c) 70 (d) 62
(c) 1982- Blue (d) 1972- Orange
(e) 90
(e) 1982- Grey
779. Which of the following is the correct order of
782. Which of the following person likes Black and
persons in descending order according to their
ages? has birth year as 1984?
(a) A>B>D>C>F>G>E (b) A>G>B>C>D>F>E I) The person who is 36 years old.
(c) B>D>E>C>A>G>F (d) D>E>C>A>B>F>G II) Aishwarya
(e) C>D>E>F>A>B>G III) Aruna
(a) Only II (b) Only I
Eight persons namely- Amit, Ajay, Arpit, Akash,
Aruna, Avni, Aishwarya and Anuja were born in (c) Only III (d) Both I and III
different years with the current base year as 2020. (e) Both II and III
Each persons like different colours viz. Yellow 783. What was the age of Avni 13 years ago?
Orange, Red, Green, Black, Blue, Grey and White. (a) 20 years old (b) 22 years old
None of them was born before 1952 and not after (c) 29 years old (d) 15 years old
2006. Note: If it is mentioned that a person‟s age is (e) 25 years old
considered as the last two digits of another person‟s 784. Combination of which of the following pairs has
birth year, then it will be at any sequence. For the minimum age when summed up together?
example, if the age of X is considered as the last two
(a) Amit and Ajay
digits of birth year of Y which is 1985, then the age of
(b) Arpit and the one who likes Orange colour
X might be either 85 or 58 years. (If mentioned, then
(c) The one who was born in year 1984 and the
only this condition applies.) There is a difference of
one who likes Blue colour.
10 years between the one who was born in 1978 and
the one who likes White. Age of Arpit is 48 years and (d) Aishwarya and the one who likes White
likes Red colour. Amit‟s age is related to the last two colour.
digits of the birth year of Aishwarya. There is a (e) Akash and the one who was born in year
difference of 12 years between Arpit and Aruna. Ajay 1954.
‟s age is obtained from the birth year of Aruna. Avni There are six employees of a company and all of them
likes Blue colour. There is a difference of 6 years are working on six different positions – AM
between the ages of Aishwarya and Ajay. Age of Amit (Assistant Manager), MG (Manager), DGM (Deputy
is not less than 56 years. One who was born in 1978 General Manager), GM (General Manager), CGM
likes Green colour. The difference of the ages of the (Chief General Manager), ED (Executive Director).
one who likes Blue colour and Amit is 28 years. One The positions given are in increasing order of
who likes Black colour was born after 1972. Ajay seniority. (AM is the least junior and the ED is the
likes Orange colour. Difference of the ages of the one most senior.). Each person likes different TV
who likes Orange colour and the one who likes Channels and Weight of each person is different. M is
Yellow colour is 18 years. Anuja neither likes Green
senior to P, but the Weight of P is heavier than M. R
nor Grey colour and she was not born after 1970.
likes Sony Channel and junior to N. Less than three
There is a pair of two persons whose birth year and
person are senior to O. Weight of O is lighter than N
age are same.

88
88
88
88
 but heavier than R. The one who likes Aajtak is senior Eighteen persons I through Z are sitting in three
to P but junior to the one who likes ABP channel. M parallel rows. There are six persons in each row. The
does not like AAJTAK. P is not AM in the company. gap between each seat in each row is same. The
Weight of M is the lightest and he neither ED nor GM persons in row 1 are facing south. The persons in
in the company. The Weight of the second lightest row 3 are facing north. In row 2, first three persons
person is 171kg. The one who like Star is junior to from left end face north while rests of the persons are
the one who like ZEE. R is senior to Q. Weight of the
facing south. Row 1 is in north of row 2 while row 2
R is not odd number. Weight of the one who is CGM
is in north of row 3. The persons in Row 1 sit
of the company is lighter than R. Weight of the one
opposite to the persons in Row 2 and the persons in
who is AM is lighter than the one who is GM. R is
Row 2 sit opposite to the persons in Row 3. Note: If A
junior to the one who like IBC24. Weight of the
is facing B then A and B must be on adjacent rows and
second Heaviest person is 184kg and O is not second
Heaviest person. Weight of the one who likes ABP is are facing each other. P sits third to the right of X.S
less than the one who is AM. The one who likes ZEE and M sit to the immediate right of each other. P faces
is not DGM of the company. Q is not Heaviest person K, who sits to the immediate left of S. N faces W, who
but heavier than P. O does not like Aajtak. M neither sits to the immediate right of V, who does not sit at
likes ZEE nor ABP. any end. L faces Q, who sits second to the right of R.
785. The one who is CGM of the company likes which Z sits to the immediate left of T, who does not sit
of the following TV Channels? adjacent to V. Z and I do not sit at extreme end. One
(a) ABP (b) IBC24 person sits between O and I. J faces south and does
(c) ZEE (d) Star not sit adjacent to T or Z.
(e) None of these 790. Who among the following sits to the immediate
786. Q likes which of the following TV Channels? right of J?
(a) AAJTAK (b) Sony (a) S (b) M
(c) Star (d) ZEE (c) N (d) K
(e) None of these (e) None of these
787. What may be the height of R? 791. Find odd one out.
(a) 173 kg (b) 184 kg (a) Q (b) O
(c) 170 kg (d) 185 kg
(c) N (d) W
(e) 186 kg
(e) S
788. Who among the following is MG of the
792. Who sits to the immediate left of K?
company?
(a) S (b) L
(a) The one who is just junior to Q
(b) The one whose weight is more than R (c) X (d) O
(c) The one who likes AAJTAK (e) None of these
(d) The one who likes ABP 793. Who sits second to the left of M?
(e) The one who likes ZEE (a) N (b) V
789. Which of the following statement is true about (c) W (d) Z
O? (e) None of these
(a) O is junior to M 794. Who sits second to the right of P?
(b) O likes IBC24
(a) R (b) I
(c) Weight of O is more than Q
(c) X (d) O
(d) Only three persons are lighter than R
(e) None of these
(e) None is true

89
89
89
89
 Fifteen persons from A to O are sitting in three rows Eight people viz. C, V, B, U, D, K, W and J are sitting in
namely Row-1, Row-2 and Row-3 facing the stage two circles in equal numbers facing each other as
which is located in the north direction. Five persons shown in the fig. below. The people sitting in the
are sitting in each row and seats of all rows are such outer circle faces towards the centre of the circle and
that each seat is exactly behind or in front of another the people sitting in the inner circle faces outside the
seat of neighboring row. The price of a ticket for centre of the circle. Each of them likes different
Row-1 is Rs. 1500 and that of the row-2 and row-3 Perfumes viz. Gucci, Denver, Engage, Wild Stone,
are Rs. 1300 and Rs. 700 respectively. The price for Boss, Fogg, Park Avenue and Armani. All the
each row decreases as one move away from the information is not necessary to be in the same order.
stage. D is sitting third to the right of B and they are Also, they were made to sit in a straight line, the
sitting in row-2. The total price of tickets of H and M people sitting in the inner circle faces south and like
is Rs. 2000 but H is not sitting in the same row as B. same Perfume. The persons sitting in the outer circle
H is sitting second to the right of G but neither of faces north and likes different Perfume.
them is sitting at ends. The total price of tickets of I
and J is Rs. 400 more than the total price of tickets of
M and D. Also both I and J are sitting next to each
other. J is sitting third to the left of O. K is sitting
second to the right of L. The ticket price of K is not
less than Rs. 1000 and L is not sitting in the same row
as O. Total ticket price of C and E is Rs. 2200. Also, the
ticket price of C is more than that of K and he is sitting
to the immediate left of A. E is sitting second to the J sits third to left of both B and the one who likes
right of N but he is neither sitting exactly behind D
Armani Perfume in the straight line. B is an
nor sitting next to G.
immediate neighbour of W and sits in the extreme
795. Who is sitting third to the right of G? end of the line. The person, who faces K in the circle,
(a) L (b) F likes Fogg Perfumes in the straight line. U sits
(c) E (d) K immediate right of K in the circle. W sits second from
(e) O the extreme end of the line and likes the Perfume
796. Select the odd one out. liked by J in the circle. The person who likes Denver
(a) J-O (b) H-F faces the person who sits immediate left of C in the
(c) L-D (d) C-A circle. J faces the person who sits to the immediate
(e) M-I left in the straight line. The person who likes Armani
797. What is the total price of tickets of E and I? Perfume faces the person who likes Wild Stone
(a) 2800 (b) 2200 Perfume. W is not an immediate neighbour of J, who
(c) 1400 (d) 3000 likes Engage Perfume in the circle. W and C don’t face
(e) 2000 each other or sits in the same circle. B faces the
person who sits immediate left of D, who likes Boss
798. How many persons are sitting between K and L?
Perfume. K and V face each other neither of them
(a) Three (b) Two
likes Denver Perfume. D sits second to the left of the
(c) No one (d) One
one who likes Armani Perfume in the straight line. C
(e) Can't be determined
neither likes Armani or Park Avenue Perfume while
799. Who among the following is not sitting at one of sitting in the circle. The person, who likes Gucci
the ends of the rows? Perfume, sits second to the left of the one who likes
(a) K (b) L Fogg Perfume in the straight line. J doesn’t like
(c) O (d) I Denver Perfume in the straight line.
(e) F

90
90
90
90
 800. What is the position of K with respect to U in the adjacent members do not face the same direction.
Straight line? The person who obtained 40 marks gives Reasoning
(a) Second to the right (b) Fourth to the right test and is sitting third to the right of C. The person
(c) Third to the left (d) Fourth to the left who gives Politics test obtained 42 marks and sits
(e) None of these opposite A, who obtained 40 marks. B and C are the
801. Which of the following statement is true neighbours of H. B obtained 35 marks and is facing
regarding the circular arrangement? towards the center. The persons who gives Quant
(a) C and J face each other and GA are sitting opposite to each other. D who
(b) The one who likes Engage Perfume is an obtained 36 marks gives Economics test and he is an
immediate neighbour of one who likes immediate neighbour of A. F who gives GA test does
Denver Perfume. not sit adjacent to both B and E and he does not
(c) U likes Park Avenue Perfume and sits to the obtained highest mark. The person who gives Quant
immediate left of C test obtained 45 marks.The person who obtained 38
(d) The one who likes Fogg Perfume and sits to marks is sitting opposite to the person who gives
the immediate left of V English test. E who obtained marks only more than
(e) All are true two friend is sitting second to the left of B and gives
History test. The one who has given English test
802. Who among the following likes Wild Stone
obtained more marks than the one, who has given GA
Perfume in the straight line?
test.
(a) C
(b) The one who sits third to the right of J 805. What is the position of G with respect to the one,
(c) W who obtained40 marks?
(d) J (a) Second to left (b) Third to left
(e) Cannot be determined (c) Third to right (d) Fourth to right
(e) Cannot be determined
803. Four of the following five are alike in a certain
way thus forms a group with respect to circular 806. What is the position of H with respect to the one
Arrangement. Find the one which doesn’t belong who given Geography test?
to the group? (a) Second to right (b) Immediate left
(a) B – Fogg (b) J – Boss (c) Third to right (d) Second to left
(c) U – Denver (d) D – Wild Stone (e) Immediate right
(e) V – Gucci 807. In certain way F is related to C, A is related to D
804. How many Person sits between the one who like and in same way E is related to ______ of the
Armani perfume and the one who like Engage in following?
Straight Line? (a) A (b) G
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) H (d) B
(c) 5 (d) 6 (e) E
(e) 2
There are eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H sitting
around a circular table and four of them are facing
the centre and other four are facing away from the
centre. Each of them has given different subjects test
i.e. Reasoning, politics, Economics, Quant, GA,
English,Geography and History and all of them
obtained different marks i.e. 35, 36, 38, 40, 42, 45, 48
and 49 but not necessarily in the same order. The

91
91
91
91
 808. Who sits second to the right of the one who 813. Who is sitting second to the right of daughter of
obtained 36 marks? G?
(a) F (b) A (a) H (b) B
(c) H (d) E (c) A (d) G
(e) B (e) None of these
809. Who sits opposite to the one who given 814. What is relation between F with respect to B?
Economics test? (a) Son (b) Uncle
(a) F (b) C (c) Daughter (d) Father
(c) B (d) A (e) None of these
(e) G There are eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H sitting
Eight family members A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are around a triangular table and all are facing towards
sitting around circular table facing the centre, but not the centre but not necessarily in the same order. One
necessarily in the same order. Among them four are person sit on each corner, two person sit at each
male and four are females. There are three husbands, inclined side and only one person sit on horizontal
three wives, two sons and two daughters. Each side of triangle. Each one of them studying in
family members like different cricket players i.e. different institutions i.e. IIT, NIT, IBM, BHU, JNU, DU,
Rohit, Virat, Dhawan , Pant, Dhoni, Hardik, Jadeja and SMU and AMU but not necessarily in the same order.
Rahul. H likes Dhoni and married to the one who The person who studying in IIT is an immediate
likes Hardik. A and B cannot sit adjacent to each neighbor of both the persons who studying in DU and
other. A is the father of C and F, who is a male and SMU. The person who studying in SMU sits third to
likes Hardik. All females sit together. D likes Rahul the right of B. B does not studying in JNU. C sits to the
and is sitting second to the left of her father. D is the immediate right of the person who studying in IBM.
daughter of C, who is second to the right of her son. A does not like IBM. F is not an immediate neighbor
E is mother in law of H. No male like Dhawan. The of A. G is not an immediate neighbor of the person
one who likes Jadeja is married to the one who likes who studying in IIT. A sits third to the right of who
Pant and neither A and B likes Pant. E likes Dhawan studying in AMU. Neither A nor H studying in JNU
and is sitting between the one who likes Virat and the and NIT. The one who studying in JNU is not an
one who likes Jadeja. G is the father of B and is sitting immediate neighbor of the person who studying in
between two male members. AMU. The person who studying in IIT sits second to
810. Who is to the immediate left of the one who likes the left of E. E is not an immediate neighbor H. Only
Dhoni? two people sit between the person who studying in
(a) D (b) E AMU and H. The one who studying in AMU and JNU
(c) F (d) G sits at corner. The person who studying in JNU and
(e) C the NIT are immediate neighbors of each other.

811. Who sits second to the left of grandson of A? 815. Who is to the immediate left of who studying in
(a) C (b) E AMU?
(c) G (d) D (a) D (b) G
(e) None of these (c) B (d) H
(e) E
812. Who is sitting third to the left of the one who
likes Virat? 816. Who sits second to the left of D?
(a) A (b) D (a) B (b) A
(c) F (d) H (c) G (d) F
(e) None of these (e) None of these

92
92
92
92
 817. Who is sitting third to the left of who studying neighbour of P, Q or U, but sits on the immediate
in BHU? right of R, who is not facing centre. One of the four
(a) C (b) H persons sitting on the corner is X.
(c) A (d) F 820. Who among the following person likes Cricket?
(e) None of these (a) P (b) V
818. Who is sitting second to the right of D? (c) W (d) Q
(a) H (b) B (e) None of these
(c) C (d) F 821. What is the position of S with respect to P?
(e) None of these (a) Second to the right (b) Fourth to the right
819. Who sits third to the right to who studying in (c) Fifth to the left (d) Cannot be
IBM? determined
(a) D (b) G (e) None of these
(c) C (d) H 822. Who among the following sits on the immediate
(e) None of these right of the one who sits opposite to Q?
Ten persons - P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X and Y are seating (a) P (b) U
around a rectangular table. Four persons sit in the (c) Y (d) V
corner. Two persons sits in the large centre side and (e) None of these
each person in the smaller centre side but not in the 823. Who sits 3rd to the left of one who likes Rugby?
same order. Five of them are facing centre and (a) One who like Cricket
remaining facing outside the table. Each person’s (b) One who like Football
likes a different game viz. Badminton, Basketball, (c) One who like Basketball
Cricket, Chess, Carom, Football, Kabaddi, Tennis, (d) One who like Chess
Rugby and Volleyball but not in the same order. Note: (e) None of these
Not more than two persons sitting together face
824. In the given following who does not belong to
same direction. Facing same direction means if one
the group?
facing centre then the other one also facing centre.
(a) One who like Basketball
Similarly, for facing outside. T sits on the immediate
(b) S
left of S and neither immediate to R. Both P and T
(c) One who like Kabaddi
faces same direction. The one who likes Football sits
(d) U
on the immediate left of the one who like Tennis. S
(e) P
and V sit diagonally and face opposite directions. W
doesn’t like Tennis or Chess. The one who likes
Basketball sits on the immediate right of X, who likes
Chess. The one who likes Tennis sits 2nd to the left of
R. Only two among the four sitting on the corners are
not facing centre. W and S are sitting on the
immediate left and 3rd to the left of Y respectively. P
sits on one of the smaller sides and 3rd to the right of
U. S likes Carom and sits 3rd to the left of the one who
likes Kabaddi. Y sits on the immediate right of one
likes Rugby. T likes Volleyball and sits 2nd to the left
of one who likes Badminton. X is not an immediate

93
93
93
93
 Solution
Solutions (1-15): II. Y > R - False
1. Ans.(d) 14. Ans.(e)
Sol. I. X < G - False Sol. I. L > T - True
II. Z > Y - False II. F > S - True
2. Ans.(e) 15. Ans.(c)
Sol. I. F < S - True Sol. I. Y = W - False
II. T > P - True II. Y > W - False
3. Ans.(e)
Sol. I. Q > L - True Solutions (16-20):
II. K < Y - True 16. Ans.(e)
4. Ans.(d) Sol. I. C < K(true)
Sol. I. R > M - False II. A > M(true)
II. S > T - False 17. Ans.(b)
5. Ans.(c) Sol. I. T > O(false)
Sol. I. A > Q - False II. S < O(true)
II. Q = A - False 18. Ans.(b)
6. Ans.(a) Sol. I. G > T(false)
Sol. I. W ≤ T - True II. U < N(true)
II. Y = R - False 19. Ans.(c)
7. Ans.(e) Sol. I. D > M(false)
Sol. I. P > T - True II. M ≥ D(false)
II. J < X - True
20. Ans.(a)
8. Ans.(d) Sol. I. Z > E(true)
Sol. I. U> X - False II. U < O(false)
II. E ≥ Q - False Solutions (26-30):
9. Ans.(c) 21. Ans.(b)
Sol. I. M > K - False Sol.
II. M = K - False
10. Ans.(b)
Sol. I. I ≤ H - False
II. S < W - True
11. Ans.(a)
Sol. I. S > L - True
22. Ans.(a)
II.C > T - False
Sol.
12. Ans.(a)
Sol. I. U > Y - True
II. T > U - False
13. Ans.(a)
Sol. I. Y ≥ R - True

94
94
94
94
 23. Ans.(e) 30. Ans.(d)
Sol. 31. Ans.(c)
32. Ans.(e)

Solutions (33-37):
33. Ans.(a)
24. Ans.(d)
Sol.
Sol.

25. Ans.(d)
Sol.

34. Ans.(b)
Sol.
Solutions (26-27):

35. Ans.(a)
Sol.
26. Ans.(c)
27. Ans.(c)
Sol. 40m – (20m + 5m) = 40m – 25m = 15m
----------
Solutions (28-32):
Word Code
Man/Play fm/lb
For ub
Improve pd 36. Ans.(b)
Boy qb Sol.
Help gb
Other ty
By fd
Work nu
See/Done Vf/mb

28. Ans.(e)
29. Ans.(b)

95
95
95
95
 52. Ans.(c)
53. Ans.(c)
Sol.

Solutions (54-56):
Sol.
37. Ans.(d)
Sol.

54. Ans.(c)
Solutions (38-42): 55. Ans.(b)
38. Ans.(a) 56. Ans.(d)
39. Ans.(e) 57. Ans.(b)
40. Ans.(d) Sol.
41. Ans.(c)
42. Ans.(d)

Solutions (43-47):
43. Ans.(e) Solutions (58-62):
44. Ans.(e) 58. Ans.(a)
45. Ans.(c) Sol. I. W<S (True)
46. Ans.(c) II. W≤Q (False)
47. Ans.(a) 59. Ans.(d)
Sol. I. E>G (False)
48. Ans.(a)
II. G>F (False)
49. Ans.(d)
60. Ans.(e)
Sol. TRANSPORT
Sol. I. Y>U (True)
ANOPRRSTT
II. W≥X (True)
50. Ans.(e)
61. Ans.(d)
Sol. PR20
Sol. I. B≤D (False)
51. Ans.(d) II. L<H (False)

96
96
96
96
 62. Ans.(c) Sol. Clearly, there are twenty-one letters
Sol. I. P>R (False) between ‘A’ and 7th element from the right end.
II. R=P (False) 75. Ans.(d)
Solutions (63-67): Sol. Clearly, there are five letters which are
immediately preceded by and immediately
63. Ans.(a)
followed by a symbol.
Sol. Clearly, sixth to the right of thirteenth from
the right end means (13-6) = 7th (Last action) 76. Ans.(b)
from right end i.e., D. Sol. Clearly, ‘*’ is thirteenth to the left of ‘M’.

64. Ans.(b) 77. Ans.(a)

Sol. Thus, there is only one such symbol i.e., 8 Ω Sol. Clearly, ‘&’ is 11th to the left of 25th element
E. from the left end.

65. Ans.(d) Solutions (78-82):

Sol. Thus, there is three such symbol i.e., 3 Z ∆, 9 78. Ans.(a)
B δ and 1 Q ¥. Sol.
66. Ans.(d)
Sol. Thus, there is three such numbers i.e., δ3, ∆6
and δ 1.
67. Ans.(e)
Sol. Clearly, 9 is ninth to the right of sixteenth
79. Ans.(c)
from the left end.
Sol.
Solutions (68-72):
68. Ans.(d)
Sol. Clearly, two words (TAXI and EACH are
meaningful words).
69. Ans.(d)
Sol. Clearly, only ‘CEKI’ and ‘EIDA’ are the words 80. Ans.(e)
having more than one vowel. Sol.
70. Ans.(b)
Sol. Clearly, CDJI is 4th word from the right end.
71. Ans.(a)
Sol. Clearly, there are six letters between D and
K according to English alphabetical order.
72. Ans.(a) 81. Ans.(a)
Sol. Clearly, three words having at least one Sol.
vowel.
Solutions (73-77):
73. Ans.(b)
Sol. Clearly, their sum is 34.
74. Ans.(a)
82. Ans.(e)
Sol.

97
97
97
97
 97. Ans.(b)

Solutions (98-100):
98. Ans.(a)
83. Ans.(e) Sol. I. E≥V (True) II. G>V(False)
Sol. Original Word- JOURNALISM 99. Ans.(b)
After operation- AIOUJLMNRS Sol. I. D≥A (False) II. M>D(True)
84. Ans.(c) 100. Ans.(c)
Sol. Original number- 18397652 Sol. I. G>E(False) II. E≥G(False)
Obtained number- 26475983 Solutions (101-103):
85. Ans.(a) 101. Ans.(b)
Sol. Total number of persons in the row= Sol.
(15+16-1) =30
86. Ans.(a)
87. Ans.(c) 102. Ans.(c)
Solutions (88-92): Sol.

88. Ans.(e)
Sol. I: O>S (True) II: J<R (True)
89. Ans.(e) 103. Ans.(a)
Sol. I: L>F (True) II: C>P (True) Sol.
90. Ans.(a)
Sol. I: P>T (True) II: T>G (False)
91. Ans.(b) 104. Ans.(a)
Sol. I: S>Z (False) II: T>C(True) Sol.
92. Ans.(c)
Sol. I: S=W(False) II: W>S (False)
Solutions (93-97):
105. Ans.(c)
Word Code
Sol.
Easy ka
Income La
And Pa
More Zi 106. Ans.(d)
Search/Shot Ho/ga Sol. V > T > R > P > U
Command/Soft Mo/ta 107. Ans.(d)
Only/part Ne/ki Sol. Q > S > T > U > P > R
93. Ans.(c) 108. Ans.(b)
94. Ans.(e) Sol.

95. Ans.(a)
96. Ans.(e)

98
98
98
98
 Solutions (109-112):
109. Ans.(d)
Sol.

116. Ans.(b)
Sol.
110. Ans.(a)
Sol.

111. Ans.(d)
Sol. 117. Ans.(b)
Sol.

112. Ans.(e)
Sol.

Solutions (118-122):
Word Code
113. Ans.(b) Forest lf
Sol. Guide si
Case mo
Cliff zn
Instant oy/gn
Incident iy
Present gn/oy
Domestic wn
Key/product vw/gi
Solutions (114-117):
114. Ans.(c) 118. Ans.(a)

115. Ans.(a) 119. Ans.(e)

Sol. 120. Ans.(e)
121. Ans.(c)
122. Ans.(d)

99
99
99
99
 123. Ans.(b) 134. Ans.(b)
Sol. Given Word- INTERVATION Sol.
After Arrangement- AEIINNORTTV
124. Ans.(a)
Sol. B scored more than C, D or A.
125. Ans.(b)
Sol. So, Total number of students = Rajiv
position from left + Shivani position from right 135. Ans.(e)
rearrangement – 1. So, 27 + 21 – 1 = 47 Sol.
126. Ans.(a)
Sol. 2nd, 4th, 6th and 8th letters = E, V, C, A
Meaningful word = CAVE.
Solutions (127-129):
136. Ans.(e)
Sol.

127. Ans.(c)
128. Ans.(e)
129. Ans.(c)
130. Ans.(a)
Sol. 137. Ans.(a)
Sol.

131. Ans.(d)
Sol. New word = XERIM
Meaningful words using X, E, R, I and M = Remix,
Mixer.
138. Ans.(d)
132. Ans.(a)
Sol.
Sol.

Solutions (133-147):
133. Ans.(a)
139. Ans.(c)
Sol.
Sol.

140. Ans.(e)
Sol.

100
100
100
100
 147. Ans.(e)
141. Ans.(d) Sol.
Sol.

Solutions (148-152):
148. Ans.(c)
142. Ans.(b) Sol. After observation: @ B V @ F E $ & A ! D %
Sol. QP%G$@HN12666899
Now, 19th element from the right end of the
arrangement is !.
149. Ans.(c)
143. Ans.(c) Sol. $1, &5, !5, $ 6
Sol. 150. Ans.(e)
Sol. Clearly Q will be eight from the right end
and 1 will be left end respectively.
151. Ans.(a)
Sol. New Series- @ B V 2 6 9 8 @ F E $ 1 & 8 5 A
144. Ans.(e) !5898D%QP6%8G5$6@H8N
Sol. Sixth element from the extreme right end = $ “D”
is 9th to the left of “$”. “%” is 5th to the right of
“D”.
152. Ans.(c)
Sol. Now, if element which is fifth from the
145. Ans.(e) extreme left end is multiplied by the element
Sol. which is fourth from the extreme right end = 6 *
6 = 36.

Solutions (153-157):
153. Ans.(e)
146. Ans.(d) Sol. Clearly, there is no such digit.
Sol. 154. Ans.(c)
Sol. Clearly, there are 3 such consonants.
155. Ans.(c)
Sol. 19th element from the right end = I
6th element to the right of I = W.

101
101
101
101
 156. Ans.(e) 169. Ans.(a)
Sol. Clearly, C3L does not belong to the group. Sol. I. C < X - True
157. Ans.(c) II. N < O - False
Sol. 17th element from the left = W 170. Ans.(e)
8th element to the left of W = N. Sol. I. P < O – True.
II. P < W – True.
Solutions (158-172): 171. Ans.(e)
158. Ans.(a) Sol. I. O < C – True.
Sol. I. M > L - True II. O < Y – True
II. V < B – False 172. Ans.(a)
159. Ans.(e) Sol. I. F < E - True
Sol. I. V > E - True II. X < H – False.
II. C < Y - True
160. Ans.(d) Solutions (173-174):
Sol. I. K ≤ N - False
II. P > I – False.
161. Ans.(a)
Sol. I. N ≥ K - True
II. U ≤ R - False
162. Ans.(a)
Sol. I. N > J – True.
II. T < R - False
173. Ans.(b)
163. Ans.(b)
174. Ans.(b)
Sol. I. N < E – False
II. M < P – True. 175. Ans.(b)
Sol. Original number: 8154276367
164. Ans.(b)
Obtained number: 1234566778
Sol. I. H > F - False
II. N > H - True 176. Ans.(c)
Sol.
165. Ans.(d)
Sol. I. K > S - False
II. H ≤ S - False
166. Ans.(d)
Sol. I. A ≥ O - False 177. Ans.(e)
II. O > B - False 178. Ans.(c)
167. Ans.(d) Sol.
Sol. I. M > E - False
II. E > P - False
168. Ans.(d) 179. Ans.(e)
Sol. I. W > P - False Sol. That person is husband of that girl.
II. Y > W - False

102
102
102
102
 Solution (180-182):
O (70kg) > S > M > Q > P > N
180. Ans.(a)
181. Ans.(b)
182. Ans.(d) Solutions (191-193):
183. Ans.(d)
184. Ans.(d)
Sol. Original Word- CONSTITUTION
After operation- CIINNOOSTTTU

Solutions (185-189):
185. Ans.(a)
Sol.
191. Ans.(c)
192. Ans.(b)
193. Ans.(a)
186. Ans.(d)
Sol. 194. Ans.(b)
Sol.

187. Ans.(c)
Sol.

Solutions (195-197):

188. Ans.(e)
Sol.

189. Ans.(e)
Sol.
195. Ans.(b)
196. Ans.(e)
197. Ans.(a)
190. Ans.(d)
Sol. Solutions (198-200):

103
103
103
103
 210. Ans.(e)
Sol.

211. Ans.(b)
198. Ans.(a)
Sol.
199. Ans.(c)
200. Ans.(d)

Solutions (201-203)

212. Ans.(a)
Sol.

201. Ans.(c)
202. Ans.(d) 213. Ans.(c)
203. Ans.(a) Sol.

Solutions (204-207):

214. Ans.(a)
Sol.
204. Ans.(d)
205. Ans.(c)
206. Ans.(c)
207. Ans.(d)

Solutions (208-209): Solutions (215-222):

215. Ans.(c)
Sol. I. M > X - False
II. M = X – False
So, either I or II follows.
208. Ans.(d) 216. Ans.(e)
209. Ans.(c) Sol. I. Z ≤ W – True.
II. W > I – True.
Solutions (210-214): 217 Ans.(b)

104
104
104
104
 Sol. I. G ≤ D – False. 228. Ans.(b)
II. S > U – True.
229. Ans.(a)
218. Ans.(b)
230. Ans.(d)
Sol. I. E ≥ R – False.
Sol.
II. C < T – True.
219. Ans.(d)
Sol. I. S > H - False
II. M = V – False.
220. Ans.(d)
Sol. I. D = N - False
II. G < U – False.
221. Ans.(b) 231. Ans.(c)
Sol. I. S ≤ N - False 232. Ans.(b)
II. W > Q – True.
233. Ans.(a)
222. Ans.(a)
234. Ans.(e)
Sol. I. L > A – True.
II. L ≤ A – False. 235. Ans.(c)
Solutions (223-224): Sol.
223 Ans.(a)
Sol.

224. Ans.(b)
Sol.

225 Ans.(d)
Sol.

236. Ans.(d)
237. Ans.(b)
238. Ans.(c)
239. Ans.(b)

226. Ans.(a) 240. Ans.(d)

Sol.
227. Ans.(b)

105
105
105
105
 241. Ans.(a)
242. Ans.(b) 251. Ans.(d)
243. Ans.(b) 252. Ans.(c)
244. Ans.(e) 253. Ans.(a)
245. Ans.(e) 254. Ans.(c)
Sol.
255. Ans.(d)
Sol.

256. Ans.(c)
257. Ans.(e)
258. Ans.(a)
259. Ans.(c)
260. Ans.(c)
Sol.
246. Ans.(d)
247. Ans.(a)
248. Ans.(e)
249. Ans.(b) 261. Ans.(c)
250. Ans.(a) 262. Ans.(a)
Sol.
263. Ans.(b)
264. Ans.(e)
265. Ans.(b)
Sol.

106
106
106
106
 281. Ans.(b)
282. Ans.(d)
266. Ans.(a) 283. Ans.(e)
267. Ans.(d) 284. Ans.(d)
268. Ans.(e) 285. Ans.(b)
269. Ans.(a) Sol.

270. Ans.(b)
Sol.

286. Ans.(a)
287. Ans.(e)
271. Ans.(c) 288. Ans.(d)
272. Ans.(c) 289. Ans.(a)
273. Ans.(e) 290. Ans.(b)
274. Ans.(d) Sol.
275. Ans.(b)
Sol.

276. Ans.(d)
277. Ans.(d) 291. Ans.(a)
278. Ans.(e) 292. Ans.(c)
279. Ans.(e) 293. Ans.(a)
280. Ans.(a) 294. Ans.(e)
Sol.
295. Ans.(b)
Sol.

107
107
107
107
 307. Ans.(d)
308. Ans.(a)
309. Ans.(c)
310. Ans.(b)
Sol.

311. Ans.(b)
312. Ans.(d)
313. Ans.(c)
296. Ans.(d) 314. Ans.(b)
297. Ans.(c) 315. Ans.(c)
298. Ans.(d) Sol.
299. Ans.(d)
300. Ans.(a)
Sol.

301. Ans.(b)
316. Ans.(a)
302. Ans.(d)
317. Ans.(c)
303. Ans.(d)
318. Ans.(d)
304. Ans.(b)
319. Ans.(e)
305. Ans.(b)
320. Ans.(b)
Sol.
Sol.

321. Ans.(b)
306. Ans.(d) 322. Ans.(d)

108
108
108
108
 323. Ans.(a) 339. Ans.(a)
324. Ans.(c) 340. Ans.(d)
325. Ans.(d) Sol.
Sol.

326. Ans.(e)
327. Ans.(a)
328. Ans.(c) 341. Ans.(a)
329. Ans.(d) 342. Ans.(d)
330. Ans.(a) 343. Ans.(b)
Sol. 344. Ans.(b)
345. Ans.(c)
Sol.

331. Ans.(c)
332. Ans.(d)
333. Ans.(d) 346. Ans.(d)
334. Ans.(a) 347. Ans.(c)
335. Ans.(d) 348. Ans.(d)
Sol. 349. Ans.(c)
350. Ans.(a)
Sol.

336. Ans.(b)
337. Ans.(d)
338. Ans.(a)

109
109
109
109
 351. Ans.(d)
352. Ans.(c)
353. Ans.(d)
354. Ans.(b)
355. Ans.(d)
Sol.

366. Ans.(c)
367. Ans.(d)

356. Ans.(c) 368. Ans.(a)

357. Ans.(c) 369. Ans.(d)

358. Ans.(e) 370. Ans.(c)

Sol.
359. Ans.(d)
360. Ans.(a)
Sol.

371. Ans.(c)
372. Ans.(d)
373. Ans.(e)
374. Ans.(e)
375. Ans.(b)
Sol.
361. Ans.(c)
362. Ans.(b)
363. Ans.(d)
364. Ans.(b)
365. Ans.(c)
Sol.
376. Ans.(c)
377. Ans.(c)
378. Ans.(d)
379. Ans.(e)

110
110
110
110
 380. Ans.(b)
Sol.

391. Ans.(e)
392. Ans.(e)
393. Ans.(e)
394. Ans.(e)
381. Ans.(d) 395. Ans.(d)
382. Ans.(b) Sol.

383. Ans.(c)
384. Ans.(e)
385. Ans.(d)
Sol.

396. Ans.(e)
397. Ans.(b)
398. Ans.(e)
399. Ans.(c)
400. Ans.(b)
Sol.
386. Ans.(b)
387. Ans.(a)
388. Ans.(a)
401. Ans.(d)
389. Ans.(a)
402. Ans.(c)
390. Ans.(b)
403. Ans.(e)
Sol.
404. Ans.(b)
405. Ans.(e)
Sol.

111
111
111
111
 418. Ans.(b)
419. Ans.(d)
420. Ans.(d)
Sol.

406. Ans.(e)
421. Ans.(b)
407. Ans.(b)
422. Ans.(b)
408. Ans.(c)
423. Ans.(d)
409. Ans.(d)
424. Ans.(e)
410. Ans.(d)
Sol. 425. Ans.(b)
Sol.

411. Ans.(b)
426. Ans.(e)
412. Ans.(c)
427. Ans.(d)
413. Ans.(e)
428. Ans.(a)
414. Ans.(c)
429. Ans.(c)
415. Ans.(d)
Sol. 430. Ans.(d)
Sol.

431. Ans.(d)
432. Ans.(c)
433. Ans.(d)
434. Ans.(c)
435. Ans.(d)
Sol.
416. Ans.(c)
417. Ans.(e)

112
112
112
112
 436. Ans.(a) 451. Ans.(b)
437. Ans.(c) 452. Ans.(d)
438. Ans.(b) 454. Ans.(e)
439. Ans.(e) 455. Ans.(d)
440. Ans.(d)
Sol.

Sol.
456. Ans.(a)
457. Ans.(e)
458. Ans.(c)
441. Ans.(a) 459. Ans.(c)
442. Ans.(d) 460. Ans. (c)
443. Ans.(a) Sol.
444. Ans.(d)
445. Ans.(e)
Sol.

461. Ans.(e)
446. Ans.(e)
447. Ans.(b) 462. Ans.(e)

448. Ans.(e) 463. Ans.(b)

449. Ans.(d) 464. Ans.(d)

450. Ans.(c) 465. Ans.(a)
Sol. Sol.

113
113
113
113
 466. Ans.(b)
467. Ans.(b) 480. Ans.(a)
468. Ans.(e) 481. Ans.(e)
469. Ans.(c) 482. Ans.(a)
Sol. 483. Ans.(b)
484. Ans.(b)
Sol.

470. Ans.(a)

471. Ans.(e)
485. Ans.(e)
472. Ans.(e)
473. Ans.(a) 486. Ans.(e)

474. Ans.(d) 487. Ans.(d)

Sol. 488. Ans.(b)

489. Ans.(e)
Sol.

475. Ans.(d)

476. Ans.(a) 490. Ans.(b)

477. Ans.(c)
491. Ans.(e)
478. Ans.(c)
492. Ans.(b)
479. Ans.(b)
493. Ans.(a)
Sol.
494. Ans.(d)
Sol.

114
114
114
114
 505. Ans.(d)

506. Ans.(b)
507. Ans.(d)
508. Ans.(a)
509. Ans.(b)
Sol.
495. Ans.(d)

496. Ans.(a)
497. Ans.(c)
498. Ans.(a)
499. Ans.(c)
Sol.
510. Ans.(c)

511. Ans.(b)
512. Ans.(d)
513. Ans.(b)
514. Ans.(c)
Sol.

500. Ans.(d)

501. Ans.(b)
502. Ans.(c)
503. Ans.(b)
504. Ans.(a)

515. Ans.(d)
Sol.
516. Ans.(a)

517. Ans.(c)
518. Ans.(c)
519. Ans.(b)
Sol.

115
115
115
115
 535. Ans.(a)

536. Ans.(e)
520. Ans.(b)
537. Ans.(b)
521. Ans.(b) 538. Ans.(c)
522. Ans.(d) 539. Ans.(d)
523. Ans.(d) Sol.
524. Ans.(d)
Sol.

540. Ans.(b)

541. Ans.(d)
542. Ans.(e)
543. Ans.(c)
525. Ans.(c)
544. Ans.(c)
526. Ans.(b)
Sol.
527. Ans.(c)
528. Ans.(d)
529. Ans.(e)
Sol.

545. Ans.(b)
530. Ans.(b)
546. Ans.(d)
531. Ans.(a) 547. Ans.(e)
532. Ans.(d) 548. Ans.(c)
533. Ans.(c) 549. Ans.(a)
534. Ans.(e) Sol.
Sol. PERSON CITY MONTH DAYS

116
116
116
116
 Prathap Delhi November 30 Echo UBS/DAVIET Marketing B.Sc
Hirthik Hyderabad March 31 Foxtrot UBS/DAVIET Finance C.A.
Kathir Kolkata September 30
Laxman Bangalore January 31
Niranjan Punjab November 30 560. Ans.(d)
Ranjan Chennai July 31
561. Ans.(c)
Jawahar Goa November 30
Farhad Noida April 30 562. Ans.(a)
563. Ans.(a)
550. Ans.(c)
564. Ans.(a)
551. Ans.(c) Sol.
552. Ans.(c) NUMBER LETTERS
553. Ans.(e) 15 S
554. Ans.(b) 14 BLANK
13 L
Sol.
FLOOR BOX WEIGHT 12 R
8 P 20 Kg 11 D
7 R 5 Kg 10 X
6 T 10 Kg
9 O
5 U 25 Kg
4 V 17 Kg 8 Z
3 W 8 Kg 7 BLANK
2 Q 1 Kg
6 E
1 S 2 Kg
5 BLANK
555. Ans.(d) 4 K
556. Ans.(b)
3 C
557. Ans.(a)
2 J
558. Ans.(c)
1 Y
559. Ans.(e)
Sol. 565. Ans.(b)
PERSON COLLEGE COURSE QUALIFICATION
566. Ans.(e)
Alex IIMB Operations B.Tech
567. Ans.(d)
Bravo IIMA HR BBM
568. Ans.(e)
Charlie JBIMS Logistics B.A.
569. Ans.(a)
Delta SP JAIN General B.Com

117
117
117
117
 Sol.

570. Ans.(c)

571. Ans.(e)
572. Ans.(a)
573. Ans.(c)
574. Ans.(a)
580. Ans.(a)
Sol.
581. Ans.(c)
582. Ans.(b)
583. Ans.(d)
584. Ans.(b)

585. Ans.(c)
Sol.
From CQX:
H≥L=C>D=G≤M>U≥B=T>K
L > G (L = C > D = G) => definitely true
M < K (M > U ≥ B = T > K) => definitely false

586. Ans.(d)
Sol.
From AR:
575. Ans.(d) G > L (G < U ≤ S = W < K ≤ L) => definitely false
576. Ans.(e) From CP:
G > L ( G ≤ M < D ≤ S ≤ L) => definitely false
577. Ans.(d)
587. Ans.(d)
578. Ans.(e) Sol.
579. Ans.(d)
Sol.

118
118
118
118
 590. Ans.(e)
Sol.
B > G ≥ Y ≥ M; E< T ≤ A = D < M; U ≥ I >E
8+3=11 (Condition V)
G>A (G ≥ Y ≥ M>D=A) -> True
1*5=5 (Condition IV)
D>B (B>G≥Y≥M>D) -> False
We cannot find the resultant for the first row
because the conclusion (D>B) is false. So the
answer cannot be determined.

591. Ans.(d)
Sol.
588. Ans.(a)
M ≤ F < R ≤ E; M > B ≥ H = T < N; J < C ≤ T
Sol.
81/9 = 9 (Condition VI)
E>C (E≥R>F≥M>B≥H=T≥C) -> True
38-33=5 (Condition III)
F>C (F≥M>B≥H=T≥C) -> True
5*9 = 45

592. Ans.(c)
Sol.
For first symbol: If the total number of
consonant letters in the word is odd, then the
code is $. If the total number of consonant
letters in the word is even, then the code is %.
For letter: The corresponding number for the
last letter of the word is added with the total
number of letters in the word and the
589. Ans.(c) corresponding letter for the resultant value is
Sol. obtained from the English alphabetical series.
For second symbol: If the total number of
vowel letters in the word is odd, then the code
is @. If the total number of vowel letters in the
word is even, then the code is #.
For number: The corresponding number for
the second last letter of the word is obtained as
per the English alphabetical series.
For example: Nutrela - %H@12
% – Total number of consonant letters in the
word ‘Nutrela’ is even.
@ – Total number of vowel letters in the word
‘Nutrela’ is odd.
H – Total number of letters (7) + the
corresponding number of the last letter ‘A’ (1) =

119
119
119
119
 8 (H). vowel letters in the word is odd, then the code
12 – The corresponding number of the second is @. If the total number of vowel letters in the
last letter L-12. word is even, then the code is #.
For number: The corresponding number for
593. Ans.(d)
the second last letter of the word is obtained as
Sol.
per the English alphabetical series.
For first symbol: If the total number of
For example: Nutrela - %H@12
consonant letters in the word is odd, then the
% – Total number of consonant letters in the
code is $. If the total number of consonant
word ‘Nutrela’ is even.
letters in the word is even, then the code is %.
@ – Total number of vowel letters in the word
For letter: The corresponding number for the
‘Nutrela’ is odd.
last letter of the word is added with the total
H – Total number of letters (7) + the
number of letters in the word and the
corresponding number of the last letter ‘A’ (1) =
corresponding letter for the resultant value is
8 (H).
obtained from the English alphabetical series.
12 – The corresponding number of the second
For second symbol: If the total number of
last letter L-12.
vowel letters in the word is odd, then the code
is @. If the total number of vowel letters in the 595. Ans.(c)
word is even, then the code is #. Sol.
For number: The corresponding number for For symbols: last letters of the word represents
the second last letter of the word is obtained as symbol such as:
per the English alphabetical series. T = @, N = #, R = %, Y =&, E = $, L = *
For example: Nutrela - %H@12 For number: product of the number of vowels
% – Total number of consonant letters in the and consonants in the words are taken.
word ‘Nutrela’ is even. For letters: Second succeeding letter of the
@ – Total number of vowel letters in the word second last letter of the word in alphabetical
‘Nutrela’ is odd. order are taken.
H – Total number of letters (7) + the
corresponding number of the last letter ‘A’ (1) =
8 (H).
12 – The corresponding number of the second
last letter L-12.

594. Ans.(b)
Sol.
For first symbol: If the total number of
consonant letters in the word is odd, then the
code is $. If the total number of consonant 596. Ans.(a)
letters in the word is even, then the code is %. Sol.
For letter: The corresponding number for the For symbols: last letters of the word represents
last letter of the word is added with the total symbol such as:
number of letters in the word and the T = @, N = #, R = %, Y =&, E = $, L = *
corresponding letter for the resultant value is For number: product of the number of vowels
obtained from the English alphabetical series. and consonants in the words are taken.
For second symbol: If the total number of For letters: Second succeeding letter of the

120
120
120
120
 second last letter of the word in alphabetical
order are taken.

597. Ans.(a) 599. Ans.(c)

Sol. Sol.
For symbols: last letters of the word represents P>L≤M>X; L≥H<T; H>W≥S
symbol such as: I. S < P (S≤W<H≤L<P) = True
T = @, N = #, R = %, Y =&, E = $, L = * II. M ≥ H (M≥L≥H) = True
For number: product of the number of vowels III. T > X (T>H≤L≤M>X) = False
and consonants in the words are taken.
For letters: Second succeeding letter of the 600. Ans.(d)
Sol.
second last letter of the word in alphabetical
order are taken. W>U≤F<T; F<M=V≤X; U≥G<S≥B
I. X ≥ U (X≥V=M>F≥U) = False
II. T > G (T>F≥U≥G) = True
III. V < W (V=M>F≥U<W) = False

601. Ans.(b)
Sol.

602. Ans.(e)
Sol.
598. Ans.(d) None follows
Sol.
For symbols: last letters of the word represents 603. Ans.(c)
Sol.
symbol such as:
&%2EG7#38>^46£@5AO9¥
T = @, N = #, R = %, Y =&, E = $, L = *
Clearly, the twelfth element from the left end is
For number: product of the number of vowels
and consonants in the words are taken. 4
For letters: Second succeeding letter of the 604. Ans.(d)
second last letter of the word in alphabetical Sol.
order are taken.

121
121
121
121
 605. Ans.(d) In Row 1,
Sol. 37 13 28, by condition 4, 37-13 = 24
24 28, by condition 1, 24+28 = 52 is the
resultant of row 1.
X = 52
51 22 X
51 22 52, by condition 6, 51/22 = 2
2 52, by condition 1, 2+52 = 54 is the resultant
of row 2.
Product: 52*54 = 2808

610. Ans.(b)
Sol.
606. Ans.(b) I. F>B (F≥V>O≤T>B) -> False
Sol. All Ties can never be Ring -> False
II.X>L (X=F≥V≥E=D>L) -> True
All rings can be Tie -> True

611. Ans.(a)
Sol.
607. Ans.(e) I. T<M (M>N>W>E>R≥T) -> True
Sol. No bat is Ball -> True
II. E>F (F≥A≤T≤R<E) -> False
All shoes can never be stump -> True

608. Ans.(d)
Sol.
In Row 1 612. Ans.(c)
Sol.
26 16 33, by condition 1, 26+16 = 42
I. B>R (B>J=P≥S>N≥R) -> True
42 33, by condition 5, 422= 1764 and 332=
All Kulfi can be Halwa -> False
1089
II. V≥Q (Q=R≤N≤V) -> True
1*1 = 1 is the resultant of row 1.
All vada can never be Laddoo -> True
In Row 2,
27 12 62, by condition 3, 729+12 = 741
741 62, by condition 6, 741/62 = 11 is the
resultant of row 2.
12 * 112 = 121

609. Ans.(a) 613. Ans.(b)

Sol. Sol.

122
122
122
122
 % - (37m-22m) – (-15m) as ‘#’.
# - (18m-26m) – (+8m) For the second symbol: the second symbol
@ - (25m-13m) – (-12m) represents the number of letters in the word.
& - (48m-25m) – (-23m) For 3 = $, 4 = ^, and 5 = %
For the third symbol: the third symbol
represents the last letter of the word. Y = +, N =
*, E = ¥, and L = £

617. Ans.(c)
Sol.
For the first symbol: If the word starts with a
consonant then it is coded as ‘@’, else it is coded
as ‘#’.
614. Ans.(c) For the second symbol: the second symbol
Sol. represents the number of letters in the word.
% - (37m-22m) – (-15m) For 3 = $, 4 = ^, and 5 = %
# - (18m-26m) – (+8m) For the third symbol: the third symbol
@ - (25m-13m) – (-12m) represents the last letter of the word. Y = +, N =
& - (48m-25m) – (-23m) *, E = ¥, and L = £

618. Ans.(b)
Sol.
For the first symbol: If the word starts with a
consonant then it is coded as ‘@’, else it is coded
as ‘#’.
For the second symbol: the second symbol
represents the number of letters in the word.
615. Ans.(e) For 3 = $, 4 = ^, and 5 = %
Sol. For the third symbol: the third symbol
% - (37m-22m) – (-15m) represents the last letter of the word. Y = +, N =
# - (18m-26m) – (+8m) *, E = ¥, and L = £
@ - (25m-13m) – (-12m)
619. Ans.(c)
& - (48m-25m) – (-23m)
Sol.

616. Ans.(d) Adding "2" to odd numbers and subtracting "3"

Sol. from even numbers in step 3:
For the first symbol: If the word starts with a &F3N5©KTQC7#%D@HBS1W9L5 11
consonant then it is coded as ‘@’, else it is coded Sum: 3+5+7+1+9+5+11 = 41

123
123
123
123
 Hence, the required sum is 41 the left to reach point C.
C%D (4m) means Ravi is 4m to the west of C and
620. Ans.(e)
moves 4m to the right and goes 4m to the north
Sol.
to reach point D.

Sixth number from right end in step 2 is 4.

Eleventh number from left end in step 3 is 5.
Product: 4 x 5 = 20
Hence, the product is 20 624. Ans.(b)
Sol.
621. Ans.(b) A#B (5m) means Ravi moves 5m to the east
Sol. from point A then turns left and moves 5m. Now
he turns right and moves 5m to reach point B.
B@C (3m) means Ravi moves 3m to the west of
B and moves 3m to the right and moves 3m to
the left to reach point C.
C%D (4m) means Ravi is 4m to the west of C and
moves 4m to the right and goes 4m to the north
to reach point D.

Hence, there is only one such combination

622. Ans.(c)
Sol.

By using Phythagoras Theorem:

Hence, there are three such alphabets. √(6²+3²) = √45 = 3√5m.
623. Ans.(b) Hence, shortest distance between B and C is
Sol. 3√5m.
A#B (5m) means Ravi moves 5m to the east 625. Ans.(d)
from point A then turns left and moves 5m. Now Sol.
he turns right and moves 5m to reach point B. A#B (5m) means Ravi moves 5m to the east
B@C (3m) means Ravi moves 3m to the west of from point A then turns left and moves 5m. Now
B and moves 3m to the right and moves 3m to

124
124
124
124
 he turns right and moves 5m to reach point B.
631. Ans.(d)
B@C (3m) means Ravi moves 3m to the west of
Sol.
B and moves 3m to the right and moves 3m to
the left to reach point C.
C%D (4m) means Ravi is 4m to the west of C and
moves 4m to the right and goes 4m to the north
to reach point D.

632. Ans.(a)
Sol.

So, the fourth digit from left end is 7. Increased

by 1 results in 7+1 = 8.
The distance between point J and D is 10m.

626. Ans.(d)
Sol.
All the conclusions hold true in Statement IV.
So, the fourth digit from left end is 1. Increased
627. Ans.(d)
Sol. by 1 results in 1+1 = 2.
All the conclusions hold true in Statement IV.

628. Ans.(a)
Sol.
All the conclusions hold true in Statement I. So, the fourth digit from left end is 2. Increased
629. Ans.(b) by 1 results in 2+1 = 3.
Sol. So, All the three digits are multiplied will result,
8 X 2 X 3 =48. 48 is the multiple of 12.
So, a is correct option.

633. Ans.(b)
Sol.
Meaningful words formed are PAIRS, PARIS

634. Ans.(c)
630. Ans.(b) Sol.
Sol.

125
125
125
125
 Step 3: After completing step 2, all the symbols
which are immediately followed and preceded
by consonants should be written before the 1 st
element of the series.
Input: € % $ © 5 K B 7 6 3 2 @ T V B F G M P Q
T%3VB5$#3678

639. Ans.(e)
Sol.
635. Ans.(b)
Sol. Input: 5 K A 7 6 3 2 @ T 8 € V 7 % B 3 E G $ M P
©QT%3UB65$#
Step 1: All the numbers which are preceded by
consonants should be written after the final
element of the series of the given input in the
ascending order.
Input: 5 K A 7 6 3 2 @ T € V % B E G $ M P © Q
636. Ans.(b) T%3UB5$#3678
Sol.
Step 2: After completing step 1, all Vowels
should be changed to immediate succeeding
alphabet
Input: 5 K B 7 6 3 2 @ T € V % B F G $ M P © Q
T%3VB5$#3678
Step 3: After completing step 2, all the symbols
637. Ans.(b) which are immediately followed and preceded
Sol.
by consonants should be written before the 1 st
element of the series.
Input: € % $ © 5 K B 7 6 3 2 @ T V B F G M P Q
T%3VB5$#3678

640. Ans.(d)
Sol.
638. Ans.(b)
Sol. Input: 5 K A 7 6 3 2 @ T 8 € V 7 % B 3 E G $ M P
Input: 5 K A 7 6 3 2 @ T 8 € V 7 % B 3 E G $ M P ©QT%3UB65$#
©QT%3UB65$# Step 1: All the numbers which are preceded by
Step 1: All the numbers which are preceded by consonants should be written after the final
consonants should be written after the final element of the series of the given input in the
element of the series of the given input in the ascending order.
ascending order. Input: 5 K A 7 6 3 2 @ T € V % B E G $ M P © Q
Input: 5 K A 7 6 3 2 @ T € V % B E G $ M P © Q T%3UB5$#3678
T%3UB5$#3678 Step 2: After completing step 1, all Vowels
Step 2: After completing step 1, all Vowels should be changed to immediate succeeding
should be changed to immediate succeeding alphabet
alphabet Input: 5 K B 7 6 3 2 @ T € V % B F G $ M P © Q
Input: 5 K B 7 6 3 2 @ T € V % B F G $ M P © Q T%3VB5$#3678
T%3VB5$#3678 Step 3: After completing step 2, all the symbols

126
126
126
126
 which are immediately followed and preceded Both conclusion doesn’t follow.
by consonants should be written before the 1 st Hence option e is correct.
element of the series.
645. Ans.(d)
Input: € % $ © 5 K B 7 6 3 2 @ T V B F G M P Q
Sol.
T%3VB5$#3678
Statements: E ≤ F , D < E , T ≥ F
641. Ans.(c) Conclusions: D < F , T ≥ E
Sol. Both conclusion follow.
Hence option d is correct

646. Ans.(a)
Sol.
Statement: K % T ^ B, H % U ^ F, B # H @ M
K < T = B ≥ H > M; H < U = F
I. T > F False
II. M < U True
III. U = H False
647. Ans.(e)
Sol.
642. Ans.(e) Statement: S ^ D % A # M & L & K @ C
Sol. S=D<A≥M≤L≤K>C
I. D % K & C: D < K ≤ C - False
II. A @ D & S: A > D ≤ S – False
III. C & L # M: C ≤ L ≥ M – False

648. Ans.(b)
Sol.
Statement: O __ A __ N __ M __ F __ C
I. O _≤_ A _=_ N _<_ M _≥_ F _=_ C
&, ^, %, #, ^ False
II. O _<_ A _=_ N _>_ M _≥_ F _=_ C
643. Ans.(d)
Sol. %, ^, @, #, ^ True
III. O _=_ A _≥_ N _=_ M _<_ F _=_ C
^, #, ^, %, ^ False
IV. O _<_ A _<_ N _=_ M _≥_ F _>_ C
%, %, ^, #, @ False

649. Ans.(b)
Sol.
Statement: G @ Y ^ K # T @ M & R
G>Y=K≥T>M≤R
I. K > R: False
644. Ans.(e) II. M < Y: True
Sol. III. G ≥ T: False because we must need ≥/=
Statements: M > H , K < M, G = H between the components.
Conclusions: H = K , M ≥ G

127
127
127
127
 650. Ans.(c) The following Venn diagram can be drawn from
Sol. the given statements,
First decode all the given words,
From statement II, III and IV, ‘Track’ is coded as
‘6’.
From statement I and II, ‘Road’ is coded as ‘2’.
From statement I and III, ‘Rapid’ is coded as ‘5’. Conclusions:
From statement I and IV, ‘Car’ is coded as ‘1’. I. 4 2 7 5: No Road are Rapid. From the above
From statement II and III, ‘All’ is coded as ‘3’. Venn diagram this conclusion follows.
From statement I alone, ‘No’ is coded as ‘4’. II. 8 1 7 6: Some Car are Track. From the above
From statement II alone, ‘are’ is coded as ‘7’. Venn diagram this conclusion does not follow.
From statement III alone, ‘Some’ is coded as ‘8’. So, only conclusion I follows.
From statement IV alone, ‘Only’ is coded as ‘9’. Hence, option a.
The words and their respective code are as
follows: 652. Ans.(c)
Sol.
First decode all the given words,
From statement II, III and IV, ‘Track’ is coded as
‘Some are Car’ is coded as ‘7 8 1’ in the given
‘6’.
language.
From statement I and II, ‘Road’ is coded as ‘2’.
Hence, option c
From statement I and III, ‘Rapid’ is coded as ‘5’.
651. Ans.(a) From statement I and IV, ‘Car’ is coded as ‘1’.
Sol. From statement II and III, ‘All’ is coded as ‘3’.
First decode all the given words, From statement I alone, ‘No’ is coded as ‘4’.
From statement II, III and IV, ‘Track’ is coded as From statement II alone, ‘are’ is coded as ‘7’.
‘6’. From statement III alone, ‘Some’ is coded as ‘8’.
From statement I and II, ‘Road’ is coded as ‘2’. From statement IV alone, ‘Only’ is coded as ‘9’.
From statement I and III, ‘Rapid’ is coded as ‘5’. The words and their respective code are as
From statement I and IV, ‘Car’ is coded as ‘1’. follows:
From statement II and III, ‘All’ is coded as ‘3’.
From statement I alone, ‘No’ is coded as ‘4’.
From statement II alone, ‘are’ is coded as ‘7’. ‘Only Rapid Car’ is coded as ‘9 5 1’ in the given
From statement III alone, ‘Some’ is coded as ‘8’. language.
From statement IV alone, ‘Only’ is coded as ‘9’.
The words and their respective code are as 653. Ans.(e)
follows: Sol.
First decode all the given words,
From statement II, III and IV, ‘Track’ is coded as
‘6’.
Given:
From statement I and II, ‘Road’ is coded as ‘2’.
8 6 7 5, 4 5 7 1, 3 2 7 1
From statement I and III, ‘Rapid’ is coded as ‘5’.
On decoding the given statements,
From statement I and IV, ‘Car’ is coded as ‘1’.
Some Track are Rapid
From statement II and III, ‘All’ is coded as ‘3’.
No Rapid are Car
From statement I alone, ‘No’ is coded as ‘4’.
All Road are Car
From statement II alone, ‘are’ is coded as ‘7’.

128
128
128
128
 From statement III alone, ‘Some’ is coded as ‘8’.
From statement IV alone, ‘Only’ is coded as ‘9’.
The words and their respective code are as
follows:

Given: F is elder to D and D is younger to Q means age

9 1 7 5, 8 1 7 6, 3 6 7 2 of D should be less than F and Q.
On decoding the given statements,
655. Ans.(d)
Only Car are Rapid
Sol.
Some Car are Track
All Track are Road
The following Venn diagram can be drawn from
the given statements,

Conclusions: G @D means G is the child of D and X is wife of

I. 4 6 7 5: No Track are Rapid. As, only Car are F, who is uncle of G.
Rapid so, this conclusion follows. Therefore wife of uncle (X) is aunt for G.
II. 8 2 7 1: Some Road are Car. From the above 656. Ans.(d)
Venn diagram, this conclusion follows. Sol.
III. 4 2 7 5: No Road are Rapid. As, only Car are
Rapid, so, this conclusion follows.
So, all three conclusions I, II and III follow.
Hence, option e.

654. Ans.(d)
Sol.

657. Ans.(c)
Sol.

Final Series: A # W < D S < 4 & * B G < 1 8 D % H @ < E C L I 6 @ Q < F <

658. Ans.(b)

129
129
129
129
 Sol.

Final Series: A # W < D S < 4 & * B G < 1 8 D % H @ < E C L I 6 @ Q < F <

659. Ans.(a)
Sol.
It is given that:
'Air Gases Evaporation Liquid' is coded as
'3F@3 2E%3 2D=2 6K#5'
'Water Clouds Vapours Rain' is coded as '2C&1
3G$4 2F@4 2E%3'
'Mountain Peak Valley Hills' is coded as '4H+4
1E%4 2D=2 1F@1'
When the codes given in Italics are Therefore, the codes of all the given words are:
interchanged, then the codes for the mentioned 'Mountain Peak Valley Hills' is coded as '4H+4
statements will be correct. 1E%4 2D=2 1F@1'-----(iii)
Thus, the correct form is: Finally,the codes are:
'Air Gases Evaporation Liquid' is coded as
'3F@3 2E%3 2C&1 6K#5'----(i)
'Water Clouds Vapours Rain' is coded as 2D=2
3G$4 2F@4 2E%3 -(ii)
'Mountain Peak Valley Hills' is coded as '4H+4
1E%4 2D=2 1F@1'----- (iii)
Thus, from (i) and (ii), the pattern is:
For numbers:
The first digit represents the total number of
vowels in the word.
The last digit represents the total number of
consonants in the word.
For alphabets and symbols: 660. Ans.(b)
Sol.
It is given that:
'Air Gases Evaporation Liquid' is coded as
'3F@3 2E%3 2D=2 6K#5'
'Water Clouds Vapours Rain' is coded as '2C&1
3G$4 2F@4 2E%3'
'Mountain Peak Valley Hills' is coded as '4H+4
1E%4 2D=2 1F@1'

130
130
130
130
 When the codes given in Italics are It is given that:
interchanged, then the codes for the mentioned 'Air Gases Evaporation Liquid' is coded as
statements will be correct. '3F@3 2E%3 2D=2 6K#5'
Thus, the correct form is: 'Water Clouds Vapours Rain' is coded as '2C&1
'Air Gases Evaporation Liquid' is coded as 3G$4 2F@4 2E%3'
'3F@3 2E%3 2C&1 6K#5'----(i) 'Mountain Peak Valley Hills' is coded as '4H+4
'Water Clouds Vapours Rain' is coded as 2D=2 1E%4 2D=2 1F@1'
3G$4 2F@4 2E%3 -(ii) When the codes given in Italics are
'Mountain Peak Valley Hills' is coded as '4H+4 interchanged, then the codes for the mentioned
1E%4 2D=2 1F@1'----- (iii) statements will be correct.
Thus, from (i) and (ii), the pattern is: Thus, the correct form is:
For numbers: 'Air Gases Evaporation Liquid' is coded as
The first digit represents the total number of '3F@3 2E%3 2C&1 6K#5'----(i)
vowels in the word. 'Water Clouds Vapours Rain' is coded as 2D=2
The last digit represents the total number of 3G$4 2F@4 2E%3 -(ii)
consonants in the word. 'Mountain Peak Valley Hills' is coded as '4H+4
For alphabets and symbols: 1E%4 2D=2 1F@1'----- (iii)
Thus, from (i) and (ii), the pattern is:
For numbers:
The first digit represents the total number of
vowels in the word.
The last digit represents the total number of
consonants in the word.
For alphabets and symbols:

Therefore, the codes of all the given words are:

'Mountain Peak Valley Hills' is coded as '4H+4
1E%4 2D=2 1F@1'-----(iii)
Finally,the codes are:

Therefore, the codes of all the given words are:

'Mountain Peak Valley Hills' is coded as '4H+4
1E%4 2D=2 1F@1'-----(iii)
Finally,the codes are:

661. Ans.(a)
Sol.

131
131
131
131
 “4221” , “7462” and “9898” are three numbers
which are divisible by 7.
Hence, option b is correct.

664. Ans.(a)
Sol.
CASE 1 CASE 2

662. Ans.(c)
Sol.

‘A 1a B' is coded as A is 1m to the north of B

'A 2b B' is coded as A is 2m to the south of B
'A 1c B' is coded as A is 1m to the east of B
'A 2d B' is coded as A is 2m to the west of B
'A 1ac B' is coded as A is 1m to the northeast of
B
The given condition is P 6d M 1b Ti.e., P is 6m to
the west of M and M is 1m to the south of T.
Thus, CASE 1 will be valid here.

Only I and II form a meaning full englush word

after rearrangement. Thus, M is towards northwest of R. so, M ad R.
Hence, option c is correct.
665. Ans.(c)
663. Ans.(b) Sol.
Sol. CASE 1 CASE 2
Arranging the digits in ascending order,we grt,
(i) 94397 – 34799
(ii) 86241 – 12468
(iii) 62971 – 12679
(iv) 61028 – 01268
On clubbing together in (I, II, III, IV, V) from the
right end, we get: From CASE 1:
The shortest distance between P and S =
√(6²+6²)= 72m = 6√2 m.
From CASE 2:
The shortest distance between P and S =√
(6²+3²)= √45m.

132
132
132
132
 then the number in the code will be the sum of
666. Ans.(d)
position of first alphabet (according to English
Sol.
Alphabetical series) and the number of
CASE 1 CASE 2
alphabets in the word.
Example: Develop
Number of alphabets in the word is 7, which is
an odd number. Position of first alphabet i.e. D
is 4 (according to English Alphabetical series),
so the number in the code is (7 + 4) = 11.
Except (d), in all other options, the second point *If the number of alphabets in the word is even,
is either to the northwest or northeast of the then the number in the code will be sum of
first point. position of second alphabet (according to
English Alphabetical series) and the number of
667. Ans.(e) alphabets in the word.
Sol.
Example: Export
Given statements: A @B%C@D$G#E & F
Number of alphabets in the word is 6, which is
On replacing symbol with the signs, we get:
an even number. Position of second alphabet i.e.
A≤B<C≤D> G≥E = F
X is 24 (according to English Alphabetical
Conclusions:
series), so the number in the code is (6+24) =
I. F% B means [F<B]: False (As, B<C≤D> G≥ E =
30.
F, no direct relation between F and B can be
*There are four symbols in the code (@, &, $ and
established)
*)
II. D $ A means [D> A]: True (As, A ≤ B < C ≤D, so
If the word ends with e, then the symbol used is
D > A)
'@'.
Only conclusion Il is true.
If the word ends with t, then the symbol is '&'.
Hence, option e.
If the code ends with p, then the symbol is '$'.
668. Ans.(a) If the code ends with d, then the symbol is '*'.
Sol. *The alphabet in the code is the second
Given statements: V #W $U&T@Y;S%P%U succeeding alphabet of the second last alphabet
On replacing symbol with the signs, we get: of the word according to English Alphabetical
V≥W> U=T≤ Y; S <P<U series.
On combining the given statements, we get: Example: EXPORT
V≥W> U=T> P >S; S <P<U=T≤Y Number of letters is even,
Conclusions: So number in the code will be,
I. S% Y means [S <Y]: True (As, S <P<U = T≤ Y, so 24 (position of X) + 6 (number of alphabets in
S <Y) the word) = 30
II. V # T means [V≥T]: False (As, V≥ W > U = T, Since, the word ends with 'T', so, '&' is used.
so V ≥ T) The letter in the code is 2nd succeeding letter of
Only conclusion I is true. R i.e. T (in the English Alphabetical series)
Hence, option a. So, 'EXPORT' is coded as '30&T'.
669. Ans.(b) 670. Ans.(d)
Sol. Sol.
*If the number of alphabets in the word is odd, *If the number of alphabets in the word is odd,

133
133
133
133
 then the number in the code will be the sum of then the number in the code will be the sum of
position of first alphabet (according to English position of first alphabet (according to English
Alphabetical series) and the number of Alphabetical series) and the number of
alphabets in the word. alphabets in the word.
Example: Develop Example: Develop
Number of alphabets in the word is 7, which is Number of alphabets in the word is 7, which is
an odd number. Position of first alphabet i.e. D an odd number. Position of first alphabet i.e. D
is 4 (according to English Alphabetical series), is 4 (according to English Alphabetical series),
so the number in the code is (7 + 4) = 11. so the number in the code is (7 + 4) = 11.
*If the number of alphabets in the word is even, *If the number of alphabets in the word is even,
then the number in the code will be sum of then the number in the code will be sum of
position of second alphabet (according to position of second alphabet (according to
English Alphabetical series) and the number of English Alphabetical series) and the number of
alphabets in the word. alphabets in the word.
Example: Export Example: Export
Number of alphabets in the word is 6, which is Number of alphabets in the word is 6, which is
an even number. Position of second alphabet i.e. an even number. Position of second alphabet i.e.
X is 24 (according to English Alphabetical X is 24 (according to English Alphabetical
series), so the number in the code is (6+24) = series), so the number in the code is (6+24) =
30. 30.
*There are four symbols in the code (@, &, $ and *There are four symbols in the code (@, &, $ and
*) *)
If the word ends with e, then the symbol used is If the word ends with e, then the symbol used is
'@'. '@'.
If the word ends with t, then the symbol is '&'. If the word ends with t, then the symbol is '&'.
If the code ends with p, then the symbol is '$'. If the code ends with p, then the symbol is '$'.
If the code ends with d, then the symbol is '*'. If the code ends with d, then the symbol is '*'.
*The alphabet in the code is the second *The alphabet in the code is the second
succeeding alphabet of the second last alphabet succeeding alphabet of the second last alphabet
of the word according to English Alphabetical of the word according to English Alphabetical
series. series.
Example: EXPORT Example: EXPORT
Number of letters is even, Number of letters is even,
So number in the code will be, So number in the code will be,
24 (position of X) + 6 (number of alphabets in 24 (position of X) + 6 (number of alphabets in
the word) = 30 the word) = 30
Since, the word ends with 'T', so, '&' is used. Since, the word ends with 'T', so, '&' is used.
The letter in the code is 2nd succeeding letter of The letter in the code is 2nd succeeding letter of
R i.e. T (in the English Alphabetical series) R i.e. T (in the English Alphabetical series)
So, 'EXPORT' is coded as '30&T'. So, 'EXPORT' is coded as '30&T'.

671. Ans.(b) 672. Ans.(b)

Sol. Sol.
*If the number of alphabets in the word is odd, *If the number of alphabets in the word is odd,

134
134
134
134
 then the number in the code will be the sum of On replacing symbol with the signs, we get:
position of first alphabet (according to English C>V>E; O≥D>X<J≤E
Alphabetical series) and the number of On combining the given statements, we get:
alphabets in the word. C>V>E≥J>X<D≤O
Example: Develop Conclusions:
Number of alphabets in the word is 7, which is I. E# O means E <O: False (As E ≥ J>X<D ≤ O, the
an odd number. Position of first alphabet i.e. D exact relation between E and O cannot be
is 4 (according to English Alphabetical series), determined)
so the number in the code is (7 + 4) = 11. II. V % D means V > D: False (As V > E ≥ J > X <D,
*If the number of alphabets in the word is even, the exact relation between V and D cannot be
then the number in the code will be sum of determined)
position of second alphabet (according to III. X # C means X < C: True (As C > V > E ≥ J> X,
English Alphabetical series) and the number of so, C > X)
alphabets in the word. Therefore, only conclusion III is true.
Example: Export Hence, option a.
Number of alphabets in the word is 6, which is
674. Ans.(a)
an even number. Position of second alphabet i.e.
Sol.
X is 24 (according to English Alphabetical
Given statements: J% F$R% Q; G@Q%H@K#C
series), so the number in the code is (6+24) =
On replacing symbol with the signs, we get:
30.
J>F=R>Q;G ≥ Q>H ≥ K<C
*There are four symbols in the code (@, &, $ and
On combining the given statements, we get:
*)
J>F=R>Q>H ≥ K<C;J>F=R>Q ≤ G
If the word ends with e, then the symbol used is
Conclusions:
'@'.
I. K#R means K<R : True (As R>Q>H ≥ K , so,
If the word ends with t, then the symbol is '&'.
R>K)
If the code ends with p, then the symbol is '$'.
II. J% C means J>C: False ( s~J>F=R>Q>H ≥ K<C
If the code ends with d, then the symbol is '*'.
the exact relation between J and C cannot be
*The alphabet in the code is the second
determined)
succeeding alphabet of the second last alphabet
III. H & F means H ≤ F: False (As F=R>Q>H so F
of the word according to English Alphabetical
> H)
series.
Therefore, only conclusion I is true.
Example: EXPORT
Hence, option a.
Number of letters is even,
So number in the code will be, 675. Ans.(e)
24 (position of X) + 6 (number of alphabets in Sol.
the word) = 30 For Row 1:
Since, the word ends with 'T', so, '&' is used. An even number is followed by an odd number,
The letter in the code is 2nd succeeding letter of so from step 1, (6 + 5) = 11.
R i.e. T (in the English Alphabetical series) Then an odd number is followed by a perfect
So, 'EXPORT' is coded as '30&T'. square, so from step 4, (11-1) = 10.
The resultant of 1st row is = 10
673. Ans.(a) For Row 2:
Sol.
An even number is followed by another even
Given statements: C %V % E; O @D%X #J&E
number, so from step 2, (10÷2) = 5

135
135
135
135
 An odd number is followed by a perfect square From statement II and III, ‘Men’ is coded as ‘@’.
number, so from step 4, (5-4)=1 From statement II and IV, ‘Few’ is coded as ‘=’.
The resultant of 2nd row is = 1 From statement III and IV, ‘No’ is coded as ‘$’.
The sum of the resultants of the two rows is From statement I alone, ‘Strong’ is coded as ‘%’.
(10+1)=11. From statement II alone, ‘are’ is coded as ‘/’.
Hence, option e. From statement III alone, ‘Only’ is coded as ‘-’.
From statement IV alone, ‘More’ is coded as ‘+’.
676. Ans.(a)
The words and their respective codes are as
Sol.
follows:
For Row 1:
An odd number is followed by an even number,
so from step 1, (7 x 6) = 42.
Then an even number is followed by an odd Given: – + / !, = + / @, & @ / %
number, so from step 2, (42 ÷ 4)= 21/2. On decoding the given statements, we get,
The resultant of 1st row is = 21/2 Only More are Work
For Row 2: Few More are Men
An even number is followed by an even number, All Men are Strong
so from step 2, (6÷ 2) = 3. The following Venn diagram can be drawn from
So, the resultant of row 2 = (37-21)/2=8 the given statements,
The value of 'x' must be 5.
Hence, option a.

677. Ans.(e)
Sol.
For Row 1: Conclusions:
An odd number is followed by an even number, I. $ ! / %: No Work are Strong. As only more are
so from step 1, (7 × 8) = 56. work, so, no work are strong. Thus, this
An even number is followed by an even number, conclusion follows.
so from step 2, (56 ÷ 2) = 28. II. = + / %: Few More are Strong. From the above
The resultant of the 1st row is=28. Venn diagram, this conclusion follows.
For Row 2: III. & @ / !: All Men are Work. As only more are
An even number is followed by an even number, Work, so, this conclusion does not follow.
so from step 2, (12 ÷ 4) = 3 So, only conclusions I and II follow.
An odd number is followed by an even number, Hence, option c.
so from step 1, (3 × 8) = 24
679. Ans.(c)
The resultant of 2nd row is=24
Sol.
The absolute difference between the two rows
First decode all the given words:
is = (28-24)= 4.
From statement I and II, ‘Among’ is coded as ‘#’.
Hence, option e.
From statement I and III, ‘All’ is coded as ‘&’.
678. Ans.(c) From statement I and IV, ‘Work’ is coded as ‘!’.
Sol. From statement II and III, ‘Men’ is coded as ‘@’.
First decode all the given words: From statement II and IV, ‘Few’ is coded as ‘=’.
From statement I and II, ‘Among’ is coded as ‘#’. From statement III and IV, ‘No’ is coded as ‘$’.
From statement I and III, ‘All’ is coded as ‘&’. From statement I alone, ‘Strong’ is coded as ‘%’.
From statement I and IV, ‘Work’ is coded as ‘!’. From statement II alone, ‘are’ is coded as ‘/’.

136
136
136
136
 From statement III alone, ‘Only’ is coded as ‘-’.
From statement IV alone, ‘More’ is coded as ‘+’.
The words and their respective codes are as
follows:

‘No Men Work’ is coded as ‘$ @ !’.

Hence, option c.

680. Ans.(e)
Sol.
First decode all the given words:
From statement I and II, ‘Among’ is coded as ‘#’.
From statement I and III, ‘All’ is coded as ‘&’.
From statement I and IV, ‘Work’ is coded as ‘!’. Conclusions:
From statement II and III, ‘Men’ is coded as ‘@’. I. $ ! / %: No Work are Strong. From the above
From statement II and IV, ‘Few’ is coded as ‘=’. Venn diagram this conclusion follows.
From statement III and IV, ‘No’ is coded as ‘$’. II. $ # / %: No Among are Strong. From the
From statement I alone, ‘Strong’ is coded as ‘%’. above Venn diagram this conclusion does not
From statement II alone, ‘are’ is coded as ‘/’. follow.
From statement III alone, ‘Only’ is coded as ‘-’. III. & ! / #: All Work are Among. From the above
From statement IV alone, ‘More’ is coded as ‘+’. Venn diagram this conclusion follows.
The words and their respective codes are as So, only conclusions I and III follow.
follows: Hence, option e.

681. Ans.(b)
Sol.
Given:
& + / #, $ + / %, & ! / +
On decoding the given statements,
All More are Among
No More are Strong
All Work are More
The following Venn diagram can be drawn from
the given statements,

682. Ans.(a)
Sol.

137
137
137
137
 Less than 15m

683. Ans.(d)
Sol.
690. Ans.(c)

691. Ans.(d)
692. Ans.(a)
693. Ans.(e)
694. Ans.(d)
North-West
Sol.
684. Ans.(c)
Sol.

South-West 695. Ans.(a)

696. Ans.(d)
697. Ans.(d)
698. Ans.(b)
699. Ans.(c)
Sol.

685. Ans.(a)

686. Ans.(e)
687. Ans.(c)
688. Ans.(a)
689. Ans.(e)
Sol.

138
138
138
138
 700. Ans.(a)

701. Ans.(e)
702. Ans.(d)
703. Ans.(b)
704. Ans.(c)

Sol. 715. Ans.(d)

716. Ans.(a)
717. Ans.(b)
718. Ans.(b)
719. Ans.(e)
Sol.
705. Ans.(c)

706. Ans.(d)
707. Ans.(b)
708. Ans.(a)
709. Ans.(e)

Sol.

720. Ans.(c)

721. Ans.(d)
722. Ans.(b)
723. Ans.(c)
710. Ans.(e) 724. Ans.(e)
711. Ans.(c) Sol.
712. Ans.(a)
713. Ans.(b)
714. Ans.(d)
Sol.

725. Ans.(b)

139
139
139
139
 726. Ans.(d)
727. Ans.(c)
728. Ans.(d)
729. Ans.(e)
Sol.

740. Ans.(c)

741. Ans.(b)
742. Ans.(c)
730. Ans.(c) 743. Ans.(e)

731. Ans.(e) 744. Ans.(d)

732. Ans.(a) Sol.

733. Ans.(b)
734. Ans.(d)
Sol.

745. Ans.(c)

746. Ans.(d)
747. Ans.(d)
748. Ans.(b)
749. Ans.(c)
Sol.

735. Ans.(e)

736. Ans.(b)
737. Ans.(d)
738. Ans.(d)
739. Ans.(e)
750. Ans.(a)
Sol.

140
140
140
140
 751. Ans.(b)
752. Ans.(c)
753. Ans.(b)
754. Ans.(d)
Sol.

765. Ans.(b)

766. Ans.(c)
767. Ans.(e)

755. Ans.(c) 768. Ans.(c)

769. Ans.(d)
756. Ans.(b)
Sol.
757. Ans.(d)
758. Ans.(a)
759. Ans.(e)
Sol.

770. Ans.(a)
760. Ans.(e)
771. Ans.(a)
761. Ans.(c) 772. Ans.(e)
762. Ans.(a) 773. Ans.(e)
763. Ans.(a) 774. Ans.(c)
764. Ans.(c) Sol.
Sol.

141
141
141
141
 775. Ans.(e)

776. Ans.(d)
777. Ans.(c)
778. Ans.(c)
779. Ans.(b)
Sol. 790. Ans.(b)

791. Ans.(e)
792. Ans.(b)
793. Ans.(a)
794. Ans.(e)
Sol.

780. Ans.(e)

781. Ans.(d)
795. Ans.(c)
782. Ans.(d)
796. Ans.(e)
783. Ans.(e)
797. Ans.(b)
784. Ans.(c)
798. Ans.(d)
Sol.
799. Ans.(b)
Sol.

785. Ans.(b)

786. Ans.(c)
787. Ans.(a)
788. Ans.(e)
789. Ans.(e)
800. Ans.(b)
Sol.

142
142
142
142
 801. Ans.(c) 812. Ans.(a)
802. Ans.(d) 813. Ans.(d)
803. Ans.(a) 814. Ans.(b)
804. Ans.(b)
Sol.
Sol.

805. Ans.(a) 815. Ans.(e)

806. Ans.(e) 816. Ans.(c)

807. Ans.(b) 817. Ans.(a)
808. Ans.(d) 818. Ans.(d)
809. Ans.(c) 819. Ans.(b)
Sol. Sol.

820. Ans.(c)

821. Ans.(b)

822. Ans.(c)
810. Ans.(e) 823. Ans.(c)
811. Ans.(c) 824. Ans.(e)

***

143
143
143
143
 Dear Students,

I want to extend my heartfelt thanks to each and every one of you for joining me in celebrating my
birthday today. Your presence has truly made this occasion extra special.

Your support and camaraderie mean a lot to me. I am grateful for your unique inspiration and
enthusiasm.

With this same hope, I stand by you in achieving all your dreams and aspirations. Your success will bring
me immense joy and pride.

Once again, a big thank you to all of you. You have made this day even more memorable.

Thank you,

Shubham Srivastava

144
144
144
144
 To enroll Brain Code click here : Use Code Y261S for Discount

To enroll Bank Mahapack click here : Use Code Y261 for Discount

145
145
145
145